Annual report
Page 1
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-38888 Red River Bancshares, Inc. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Louisiana 72-1412058 (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 1412 Centre Court Drive, Suite 301, Alexandria, Louisiana 71301 (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (318) 561-4000 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, no par value RRBI The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $276.1 million as of June 30, 2025, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Solely for the purposes of this computation, it has been assumed that executive officers and directors of the Registrant (and any trusts or entities that they own or control) are “affiliates”. As of February 27, 2026, the Registrant had 6,577,186 shares of common stock, no par value, issued and outstanding.
Page 2
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Red River Bancshares, Inc. to be held on May 7, 2026, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report to the extent stated herein. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. 2
Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Glossary of Terms 4 Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 6 PART I Item 1. Business 7 Item 1A. Risk Factors 21 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 34 Item 1C. Cybersecurity 34 Item 2. Properties 35 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 35 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 35 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of EquitySecurities 35 Item 6. [Reserved] 37 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 38 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 64 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 65 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 109 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 109 Item 9B. Other Information 109 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 109 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance 110 Item 11. Executive Compensation 111 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters111 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 111 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 111 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 111 Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 113 Signatures 114 3
Page 4
Table of Contents GLOSSARY OF TERMS Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this filing to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” and “our company” refer to Red River Bancshares, Inc., a Louisiana corporation and bank holding company, and its consolidated subsidiaries. All references in this Report to “Red River Bank,” “the bank,” and “the Bank” refer to Red River Bank, our wholly owned bank subsidiary. Other abbreviations or acronyms used in this Report are defined below. ABBREVIATION OR ACRONYM DEFINITION 2008 Plan 2008 Equity Incentive Plan 2018 Plan 2018 Equity Incentive Plan 401(k) Plan Red River Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan ACL Allowance for credit losses AFS Available-for-sale AOCI Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss AI Artificial intelligence ASC Accounting Standards Codification ASU Accounting Standards Update Basel III Basel Committee’s 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord) BHCA The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended BIC Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window Borrower-in-Custody BOLI Bank-owned life insurance bp(s) Basis point(s) CBLR Community bank leverage ratio CCB Capital conservation buffer CECL Current Expected Credit Losses, related to ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - CreditLosses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments CFPB Consumer Financial Protection Bureau CODM Chief operating decision maker CRA Community Reinvestment Act CRE Commercial real estate Director Compensation ProgramAmended and Restated Director Compensation Program, which allows directors of theCompany and the Bank an opportunity to select how to receive their annual director fees. Dodd-Frank Act Dodd-Frank and Wall Street Consumer Protection Act of 2010 Economic Growth Act Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act EPS Earnings per share ERM Enterprise risk management Exchange Act Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended FASB Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIA Federal Deposit Insurance Act FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Federal Reserve Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System FFIEC Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council FHA United States Federal Housing Administration FHLB(s) Federal Home Loan Bank(s) FOMC Federal Open Market Committee FTE Fully taxable equivalent basis GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America HFI Held for investment HFS Held for sale 4
Page 5
Table of Contents ABBREVIATION OR ACRONYM DEFINITION HTM Held-to-maturity ISO Information Security Officer IT Information technology JAM FINTOP JAM FINTOP Banktech, L.P. fund LBCA Louisiana Business Corporation Act LDPO Loan and deposit production office MSA Metropolitan statistical area NAICS North American Industry Classification System, which is an industry classification system usedto categorize loans by the borrower’s type of business NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NOW Negotiable order of withdrawal NPA(s) Nonperforming asset(s) OFAC Office of Foreign Assets Control OFI Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions OREO Other real estate owned OTC Operations and Technology Committee PCD Purchased credit deteriorated Report Annual Report on Form 10-K RESPA Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974 SBIC Small Business Investment Company Securities Act Securities Act of 1933, as amended SEC Securities and Exchange Commission TILA Truth in Lending Act TMSOs Treasury Management Sales Officers U.S. United States of America VA United States Department of Veterans Affairs 5
Page 6
Table of Contents CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would,” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words, or such other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and are based on current expectations, estimates, and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs, and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward- looking statements. There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following: • volatility and direction of market interest rates; • business and economic conditions generally, in the financial services industry, nationally, and within our local market areas; • government intervention in the U.S. financial system, including the effects of recent and future legislative, tax, accounting, and regulatory actions and reforms, including the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, and other stimulus legislation or changes in banking, securities, accounting, and tax laws and regulations, and their application by our regulators; • changes in management personnel; • increased competition in the financial services industry, particularly from regional and national institutions; • our ability to maintain important deposit customer relationships and our reputation, and to otherwise avoid liquidity risks; • factors that can impact the performance of our loan portfolio, including real estate values and liquidity in our primary market areas, the financial health of our commercial borrowers, and the success of construction projects that we finance, including any loans acquired in acquisition transactions; • changes in the value of collateral securing our loans; • risks associated with system failures or failures to protect against cybersecurity threats, such as breaches of our network security; • deterioration of our asset quality; • the adequacy of our reserves, including our ACL; • operational risks associated with our business; • natural disasters and adverse weather, acts of terrorism, trade and tariff policies, trade wars, pandemics, an outbreak of hostilities or tensions with other countries, or other international or domestic calamities, and other matters beyond our control; • our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy; • compliance with the extensive regulatory framework that applies to us; • changes in the laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, or policies relating to financial institutions, accounting, tax, trade, monetary, and fiscal matters; and • the risk factors found in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report, as well as in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other reports and documents we file from time to time with the SEC. The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this Report. Additional information on these and other risk factors can be found in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. New risks emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict what risks will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 6
Page 7
Table of Contents PART I Item 1. Business OUR COMPANY Red River Bancshares, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, was founded in 1998 and is a bank holding company headquartered in Alexandria, Louisiana. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Red River Bank, a Louisiana state-chartered bank, we provide a fully integrated suite of banking products and services tailored to the needs of our commercial and retail customers. Our mission is to be the premier statewide banking organization in Louisiana. We completed an initial public offering of our common stock in May 2019. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “RRBI.” As of December 31, 2025, we were the sixth largest financial institution headquartered in Louisiana based on assets, with total assets of $3.35 billion, loans HFI of $2.25 billion, total deposits of $2.96 billion, and total stockholders’ equity of $365.2 million. OUR MARKETS As of December 31, 2025, we operated from a network of 28 banking centers throughout Louisiana and two combined LDPOs, one each in New Orleans, Louisiana and Lafayette, Louisiana. Banking centers are located in the following Louisiana markets: Central, which includes the Alexandria MSA; Northwest, which includes the Shreveport-Bossier City MSA; Capital, which includes the Baton Rouge MSA; Southwest, which includes the Lake Charles MSA; the Northshore, which includes the Slidell-Mandeville-Covington MSA; Acadiana, which includes the Lafayette MSA; and New Orleans, which includes the New Orleans-Metairie MSA. We believe our markets offer us an attractive combination of growth opportunities and core deposit stability, as well as loan diversity. We operate nine banking centers, including our main office, in the Central Louisiana market, which we define to include Rapides and Avoyelles Parishes. We operate seven banking centers in our Northwest Louisiana market, which we define to include Caddo, Bossier, and DeSoto Parishes. In our Capital market, which we define to include East Baton Rouge and Ascension Parishes, we operate six banking centers. We operate two banking centers in our Southwest Louisiana market, which we define to include Calcasieu Parish. In our Northshore Louisiana market, which we define to include St. Tammany Parish, we operate one banking center. We operate one banking center and one combined LDPO in our Acadiana market, which we define to include Lafayette Parish. In our New Orleans market, which we define to include Orleans and Jefferson Parishes, we operate two banking centers and one combined LDPO. We believe our current markets provide ample opportunities for the continued growth of our customer base, loans, and deposits, as well as the expansion of our overall market share in each area. Our goal is to replicate this growth in new markets as we continue to expand and implement our growth and expansion strategy. We believe our current markets, which are in diverse parts of Louisiana, are economic centers that provide for natural credit diversification and a hedge against industry downturns. We are purposeful in choosing banking center locations and have sought out key locations in Louisiana through de novo development, as well as through two whole-bank acquisitions. Our emphasis on having a strategic network of banking centers, staffed by experienced bankers, differentiates us from our national and regional bank competitors, who are increasingly moving their customers to digital-only banking platforms with limited personal service. GROWTH AND EXPANSION STRATEGY We have concentrated our efforts on building our market presence in key metropolitan markets within the state of Louisiana where our target customers are underserved and well-suited for the commercial, retail, and private banking products and services that we provide. We serve our customers’ needs within the markets where we have operations and in other areas where our customers operate. We also promote our business to potential customers in markets contiguous to Louisiana. We intend to leverage our competitive strengths to take advantage of what we believe are significant growth opportunities within our existing footprint and other strategic market areas that we believe complement our strategic plan. Our growth strategy includes the following: Expand Market Share in Existing Markets We want to be the market leader and have a significant market share in all of the communities we serve. Organic growth is our primary focus, which may be supplemented with strategic, targeted acquisitions when and if appropriate. We intend to expand our banking center network by opening additional banking centers in our existing markets to provide our customers with more convenient banking locations. We understand that relationships are our strategic advantage, and we continually seek to identify and recruit experienced bankers with broad relationship networks within our existing markets. We then strengthen those relationships by offering personalized products and services. We attract new customers through personal outreach by our bankers, targeted marketing campaigns, advertising in a variety of traditional and social media, and by filling the void left by competitors who are closing banking offices. Other outreach activities include helping our communities during times of need and having a presence at community events. 7
Page 8
Table of Contents Opportunistic New Market Expansion When evaluating potential new market opportunities, our standard due diligence includes both an assessment of the local economy as well as analysis of the local banking landscape. Our target markets include markets with significant disruption by competitors and where market share is held by large national and regional banks. We generally establish a presence with an LDPO and then build or buy and remodel a banking center. Since 2017, as part of our new market expansion plan, we expanded operations into four new markets. In 2017, we began operations in the Southwest Louisiana market, which includes the Lake Charles, Louisiana MSA. During 2019, we entered the Northshore market, located on the north shore of Lake Pontchartrain, near New Orleans, Louisiana. In 2020, we entered the Acadiana market, which includes the Lafayette, Louisiana MSA. In 2021, we entered the New Orleans market by opening a combined LDPO in downtown New Orleans, Louisiana, which was followed by a full-service banking center in 2022. In 2024, we opened our third banking location in the New Orleans market with a full-service banking center in Metairie, Louisiana. Also in 2024, we purchased property in Lafayette, Louisiana, and plan to build a new banking center at that location, which would be our second full-service banking center in the Acadiana market. In the third quarter of 2025, we opened a combined LDPO in Lafayette, Louisiana. Disciplined Acquisition Strategy Our primary focus continues to be on organic expansion; however, we will identify and evaluate acquisition opportunities that we believe are consistent with our mission and can provide opportunities for improved profitability and increased market share. Our historic approach to potential acquisitions has been strategic and disciplined. Since inception, we completed two whole-bank acquisitions of institutions with customer-oriented, compatible philosophies in desirable geographic areas. These acquisitions provided us the opportunity to expand the delivery of our relationship-driven brand of banking. BANKING SERVICES We are primarily a business-focused banking organization, delivering specialized services to our customers. We target privately-owned commercial and industrial operating companies for both credit and treasury management services, while also providing owners and key employees with the same customized, personal service for their individual financial needs. Our personal banking business supports our commercial banking focus, provides attractive customer diversification, and enhances our growing base of core deposits. We offer each of these customers sophisticated products and services similar to those of much larger banks but delivered by bankers who can provide local and responsive decision-making, personal assistance, and an interest in our customers’ personal goals and the success of their businesses. Lending Lending activities originate from the efforts of our bankers, with an emphasis on lending to small and medium-sized businesses, professionals, and individual consumers. Our lending policies and underwriting standards seek to maintain asset quality through an emphasis on local market knowledge, long-term customer relationships, and consistent and thorough underwriting for all loans, including debt service capacity requirements, collateral requirements, and loan-to-value limits, among other established criteria. Our loan approval policies establish concentrations limits with respect to industry and certain loan product types to enhance portfolio diversification. Additionally, our loan concentrations policy sets limits on certain concentrations within the CRE portfolio based on factors such as industry and property type. These limits are reviewed quarterly as part of our management reporting to our Directors’ Loan Committee and the board. These limits are adjusted as deemed necessary by our Directors’ Loan Committee and the board. Real Estate Loans Commercial Real Estate Loans (Owner Occupied). We focus on the banking needs of established operating companies, which includes owner occupied office and industrial real estate loans. Risks associated with owner occupied CRE include fluctuations in the value of real estate, the overall strength of the economy, new job creation trends, environmental contamination, and the quality of the borrower’s management. In addition to a proven management team and track record, we focus on businesses with a history of strong, recurring cash flows. In particular, we target wholesale and professional service companies, as well as businesses with unique strengths in niche markets. Loans are conservatively underwritten and typically carry the personal guarantee of the business owners. We believe this portfolio segment is well-diversified by industry type. As of December 31, 2025, our owner occupied CRE loans were 20.5% of loans HFI. Commercial Real Estate Loans (Non-Owner Occupied). Our pursuit of non-owner occupied CRE properties is reserved primarily for developers and other persons or entities of influence who present additional business and personal relationship opportunities. This strategy is evidenced by our modest level of these loans relative to our capital, which has been consistent for many years. Risks associated with non-owner occupied CRE include fluctuations in the value of real estate, the overall strength of the economy, new job creation trends, tenant vacancy rates, environmental contamination, and the quality of the borrower’s management. We target property types with a greater ability to withstand changes in market forces. Our underwriting criteria for non-owner occupied properties is even more conservative than our underwriting criteria for owner occupied properties due to the higher inherent risks generally associated with the former. Our target rate of return is also higher for non-owner occupied CRE loans. As of December 31, 2025, our non-owner occupied CRE loans were 20.4% of loans HFI. 8
Page 9
Table of Contents One-to-Four Family Residential Loans. We offer primary and secondary liens on one-to-four family mortgage loans, as well as home equity lines of credit, in each case primarily on owner occupied primary residences. Our retail consumer real estate lending products are offered primarily to consumer customers. Although our consumer real estate loan portfolio presents lower levels of risk than our commercial and industrial, CRE, and construction and development loan portfolios, we are exposed to risks based on fluctuations in the value of the real estate collateral securing the loan, as well as changes in the borrower’s financial condition, which could be affected by numerous factors, including divorce, job loss, illness, or other personal hardship. As of December 31, 2025, our one-to-four family residential loans were 28.0% of loans HFI. Construction and Development Loans. Our construction and development portfolio includes loans to small and medium-sized businesses to construct owner occupied facilities, loans to developers of CRE investment properties and residential developments, and, to a lesser extent, loans to individual clients for construction of single-family homes. Risks associated with construction loans include fluctuations in the value of real estate, project completion risk, and change in market trends. We are also exposed to risk based on the ability of the construction loan borrower to finance the loan or sell the property upon completion of the project, which may be affected by changes in secondary market terms and criteria for permanent financing since the time that we funded the construction loan. As of December 31, 2025, our construction and development loans were 9.8% of loans HFI. Commercial and Industrial Loans We have expertise in meeting the financing needs of commercial operating companies. Our specialists in these areas understand the cash cycle, working capital, and the fixed asset acquisition needs of businesses, which allows us to deliver customizable and effective financing solutions. The risks associated with commercial and industrial loans are derived from the expectation that the loans are generally serviced from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. In addition, the collateral securing commercial and industrial loans generally includes movable property, which may decline in value more rapidly than anticipated. We recommend and utilize sound commercial and industrial loan structures that limit our risks as a lender, while also helping to drive the success of our clients’ businesses. Commercial and industrial loans comprised 17.5% of loans HFI as of December 31, 2025. Tax-Exempt Loans We make tax-exempt loans to political subdivisions of the State of Louisiana including parishes, municipalities, utility districts, school districts, and development authorities. These loans undergo the same underwriting as any of our other loans and are typically secured by and paid for by ad valorem taxes. As of December 31, 2025, our tax-exempt loans were 2.6% of loans HFI. Consumer Loans We also make a variety of loans to individuals for personal, family, and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment and term loans. We offer consumer loans as an accommodation to our existing customers and do not market consumer loans to persons who do not have a pre-existing relationship with us. Our consumer loans, which are underwritten primarily based on the borrower’s financial condition and, in some cases, are unsecured credits, subject us to risk based on changes in the borrower’s financial condition, which could be affected by numerous factors, including divorce, job loss, illness or other personal hardship, and fluctuations in the value of the real estate or personal property securing the consumer loan, if any. As of December 31, 2025, our consumer loans were 1.2% of loans HFI. Loans Held for Sale Our mortgage lending group originates home mortgage loans that are sold to investors on the secondary market. Loan types include conventional, VA, FHA, and Rural Development. In addition, the mortgage lending department plays a critical role in meeting our community reinvestment and fair lending goals. The mortgage group has a community specialist in each major market focused on low-income and first- time home buyers, and we participate in various down payment assistance and low-income home loan programs to ensure the needs of our entire banking community are satisfied. Commitments to Extend Credit We had outstanding commitments to extend credit in the forms of lines of credit and standby letters of credit of approximately $560.2 million as of December 31, 2025. We use the same credit policies in making these commitments as we do for our other loans. Deposits An important aspect of our business franchise is the ability to gather deposits. We offer a wide range of deposit products, including checking, savings, money market accounts, and time deposits. We obtain most of our deposits from individuals, partnerships, corporations, and public entities primarily in our market areas. We do not have brokered deposits. Our bankers are experienced business developers with extensive contacts and connections with targeted clients and centers of influence throughout our communities. Our team is focused on driving relationships and noninterest-bearing accounts. 9
Page 10
Table of Contents We believe that the rates we offer for core deposits are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our market areas. Treasury Management Services Many of our clients and prospective clients have sophisticated depository needs. Our full array of commercial treasury services is designed to be competitive with banks of all sizes. Treasury management services include ways to help our business customers manage accounts payable, accounts receivable, account fraud risk, and information reporting. Treasury management deposit products consist of remote deposit capture, automated clearing house origination, merchant services, positive pay and automated fraud detection tools, account reconciliation services, zero balance accounts, and sweep accounts, including loan and investment sweep accounts. We have dedicated teams who partner with our commercial and private bankers to meet those needs. Our TMSOs analyze clients’ account activity and cash utilization and then recommend and implement solutions that enhance our clients’ efficiency, mitigate risks to their businesses, and maximize their earnings on available liquidity. Our TMSOs provide in-person assistance with the initial setup of treasury services, as well as client support post-implementation. Private Banking Services Our private banking group provides specialized deposit and loan products and services to high net worth individuals, business owners, and professionals. Consistent with our overall business philosophy, we seek to develop long-term relationships with our private banking clients through an emphasis on personal service and products tailored to their specific needs. From checking and savings products to sophisticated financing structures, we work to meet our clients’ changing needs. Brokerage Services We offer a broad range of products and services designed to meet the financial planning needs of our clients in the markets we serve. Our investment executives strive to understand each client’s unique financial situation and through our partnership with LPL Financial LLC, our registered broker-dealer, our investment executives are able to offer stocks, bonds, mutual funds, alternative investments, advisory services, annuities, and insurance products to address their individual needs. As of December 31, 2025, our investment group held $1.33 billion of assets under management. Other Banking Services We offer banking products and services with a focus on customer convenience and accessibility. We offer a full suite of online banking services, including access to account balances, online transfers, online bill payment, and electronic delivery of customer statements. In addition, we offer banking services in person, through ATMs, drive-through facilities, night deposits, telephone, mail, and mobile banking. We also offer debit cards, credit cards, cashier’s checks, wire transfer services, and safe deposit boxes. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS We continue to make investments in our IT systems supporting our deposit and lending operations and treasury management initiatives. Since 2021, we have invested in JAM FINTOP to strategically develop technology partnerships as we expand our digital offerings. We believe these investments are essential to enhancing our capabilities for offering new products and services, improving the overall customer experience, providing scale for future growth and acquisitions, and increasing controls and efficiencies in corporate support areas. We utilize a core data processing platform from a nationally recognized bank software vendor providing us with capabilities to support our continued growth. While we operate and manage our internal network infrastructure, we leverage the capabilities of third-party service providers to provide technical expertise around network design, architecture, and cybersecurity services required for us to operate as an effective and efficient organization. The majority of our systems used to conduct day-to-day banking operations are operated by a third-party service provider. Also, certain key transaction processing platforms, such as debit card processing, credit card processing, mobile banking, online banking, telephone banking, and website services, are outsourced to third-party service providers. We believe these third-party providers provide the scalability, infrastructure, and disaster recovery capabilities to support our operating strategy. HUMAN CAPITAL As of December 31, 2025, we had 375 employees, including 367 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are very good. We believe that we maintain employment and benefit programs that are appropriate with respect to position responsibilities, competitive with the external market, and capable of attracting, retaining, and motivating competent employees. We recognize the importance of our employee’s financial health and well-being and strive to provide comprehensive compensation and benefits packages to help meet those needs. Compensation and benefits include market-competitive pay, health insurance, dental insurance, vision insurance, employer paid and voluntary life insurance, 10
Page 11
Table of Contents health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, paid holidays, paid vacation and sick time, and other insurance and benefit options. We also offer a 401(k) Plan, and we make matching contributions to that plan. In addition, we offer stock-based compensation to key employees as a way to attract, reward, and retain talent. For more information on our benefit plans and stock-based compensation, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Employee Benefits” and “- Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation Plans,” respectively, in this Report. We seek to engage personnel at all levels by offering opportunities for learning, growth, and the achievement of career objectives. We strive, to the extent possible, to promote from within to fill open positions. Additionally, we encourage our employees to volunteer in community service activities in the markets that we serve. We are an Equal Opportunity Employer committed to workplace diversity and inclusion. We employ people based upon merit, ability and qualifications. No qualified applicant or employee is to be discriminated against because of race, color, national origin, sex, pregnancy, religion, disability, age, veteran status, citizenship, genetic characteristics, or other status protected by federal, state, local, or other law. Our equal employment opportunity commitment applies to all areas of employment including hiring, training, placement, promotion, compensation, and benefits. INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS For information regarding our executive officers, see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance” in this Report. CORPORATE INFORMATION Our principal executive offices are located at 1412 Centre Court Drive, Suite 301, Alexandria, Louisiana 71301, and our telephone number is (318) 561-4000. Our website is www.redriverbank.net. All of our periodic reports filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available through our website free of charge, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our annual reports to shareholders, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These documents are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this Report and is not incorporated by reference herein. SUPERVISION AND REGULATION General The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Consequently, our growth and earnings performance will be affected not only by management decisions and general and local economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. These authorities include the Federal Reserve, FDIC, OFI, CFPB, SEC, Internal Revenue Service, and state taxing authorities. The effect of these statutes, regulations, and policies and any changes to such statutes, regulations, and policies can be significant and cannot be predicted. The primary goals of the U.S. bank regulatory framework are to maintain a safe and sound banking system, facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy, and promote fairness and transparency for financial products and services. The system of supervision and regulation applicable to us and the Bank establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, the Bank’s depositors, and the public, rather than our shareholders or creditors. The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to us and the Bank, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters, and other written guidance that are described herein. Bank Holding Company Regulation As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the BHCA and to supervision, examination, and enforcement by the Federal Reserve as well as the OFI. The BHCA and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve’s jurisdiction also extends to any company that we directly or indirectly control, such as any nonbank subsidiaries and other companies in which we own a controlling interest. Financial Services Industry Reform As final rules and regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act have been adopted, and may continue to be adopted and/or modified, this law has changed the bank regulatory framework and has affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading, and operating activities of banks and their holding companies. A number of the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act are described or otherwise accounted for in various parts of this “Supervision and Regulation” section. In addition to those requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor 11
Page 12
Table of Contents protection, corporate governance, and executive compensation matters that affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) requires certain publicly traded companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires national securities exchanges to require listed companies to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; (4) requires certain publicly traded companies to disclose the relationship between the executive compensation actually paid by the company and the financial performance of the company; and (5) authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own director candidates using a company’s proxy materials. While much of the Dodd-Frank Act has been implemented in the form of final rules from the banking agencies, certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain in proposed form or have not been implemented. Accordingly, it is possible that existing rules may still be modified or repealed or that new rules may be implemented that may impact our operations. On March 30, 2023, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing Section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule requires financial institutions to collect and report data to the CFPB on small business loan applicants, including demographic data, lending decisions, and the price and terms of credit. The purpose of the rule is to increase transparency and combat discrimination in small business lending. As a bank with moderate volume lending as prescribed by this final rule, the current compliance deadline is January 1, 2027. However, the CFPB issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in November 2025 that would make certain changes to the rule, including changing the number of lending transactions that would require financial institutions to comply with this rule, reducing the number of data points financial institutions must collect and report, and extending the compliance deadline to January 1, 2028. Under this proposed rule, we do not currently meet the threshold for reporting. We will continue to monitor future developments with this rulemaking. On October 22, 2024, the CFPB issued its final rule implementing Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to personal financial data rights, more commonly known as the “Open Banking Rule.” The final rule, among other things, requires banks, credit unions, and other financial service providers to make a consumer’s data available upon request to the consumer and their authorized third parties in a secure and reliable manner, and establishes obligations for third parties accessing consumers’ data, including data security and privacy protections. According to the CFPB, the rule is designed to foster competition and innovation in the financial services industry by making it easier for consumers to switch financial providers and for new companies to offer innovative products and services. The rule is in a current state of uncertainty as a federal court has issued a preliminary injunction prohibiting the CFPB from enforcing it until the CFPB can complete its reconsideration of the rule. In August 2025, the CFPB issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments as it evaluates issuing a proposed rule that would replace the current rule. At this time, it is difficult to anticipate the continued impact the above-described legislation and regulations may have on our business, our customers, and the financial industry generally. Changes resulting from further implementation of, changes to, or repeal of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulations may impact the profitability of our business activities; require changes to certain of our business practices; impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity, and leverage requirements; or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, the future implementation and enforcement of regulations may be affected by the current government of the U.S., which has made significant changes in the leadership of the various bank regulatory agencies. In early February 2025, the CFPB’s Acting Director issued directives to cease virtually all CFPB activities, including supervision, examinations, rulemaking, enforcement actions, and pending investigations. Since this time, the CFPB has remained largely dormant, with limited rulemaking issuances or other activity. In November 2025, the Acting Director notified a federal court that, pursuant to a legal opinion issued by the Department of Justice’s Office of Legal Counsel, the CFPB cannot request funds from the Federal Reserve under Dodd-Frank to fund its operations. In December 2025, the federal court rejected this legal interpretation. In January 2026, the Acting Director notified the federal court that he had requested funding from the Federal Reserve to fund its operations for the first quarter of 2026. The future of the CFPB is uncertain at this time. Holding Company Capital Requirements At the holding company level, we are subject to the same minimum capital ratios under Basel III as the Bank. These minimum capital requirements are set forth below under the heading “- Bank Regulation - Capital Adequacy Requirements.” The Federal Reserve monitors the capital adequacy of the Company and considers its capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to the safety and soundness of the Company. Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries Federal banking regulations require FDIC-insured banks that become undercapitalized to submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan of a bank controlled by a bank holding company will not be accepted by the regulators unless such bank holding company guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a bank holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. 12
Page 13
Table of Contents The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank in such a guarantee is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of the bank’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be adequately capitalized. The bank regulatory agencies have greater power in situations where a bank becomes significantly or critically undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such a bank can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to divest the bank or other affiliates. Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies We must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring more than 5.0% of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company, (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or (3) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. In evaluating applications with respect to these transactions, the Federal Reserve is required to consider, among other things, the effect of the acquisition on competition; the financial condition, managerial resources, and prospects of the bank holding company and the bank(s) concerned; the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the record of performance under the CRA); the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities; and the extent to which the proposed acquisition would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. The Federal Reserve can deny an application based on the above criteria or other considerations. In addition, as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, the Federal Reserve can impose conditions on the acquiror or the business to be acquired, which may not be acceptable or, if acceptable, may reduce the benefit of a proposed acquisition. Control Acquisitions Subject to various exceptions, the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval or non-objection prior to any person or company (or group acting in concert) acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Although “control” is based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment, control is conclusively presumed to exist if a person or company (or group acting in concert) acquires 25.0% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Control of a bank holding company is rebuttably presumed to exist under the Change in Bank Control Act if the acquiring person or entity (or group acting in concert) will own 10.0% or more of any class of voting securities immediately following the transaction and either no other person will hold a greater percentage of that class of voting securities after the acquisition or the bank holding company has publicly registered securities. The BHCA’s definition of “control” can also be triggered when a company acquires 5.0% or more of any class of voting securities and certain other factors are present or when a company acquires one-third or more of total equity (both voting and non-voting). Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength As a Louisiana corporation, the Company is subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the LBCA. Generally, a Louisiana corporation may pay dividends to its shareholders unless, after giving effect to the dividend, either: (1) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business; or (2) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities and the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the payment of the dividend, to satisfy the preferential rights of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the dividend. The Company’s status as a bank holding company also affects its ability to pay dividends in two additional ways. First, since the Company is a holding company with no material business activities of its own, its ability to pay dividends could become dependent upon the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to it in the form of dividends, loans, and advances. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to the Company is itself subject to various legal, regulatory, and other restrictions, and the present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of its board of directors. Second, as a bank holding company, the Company’s payment of dividends must comply with the laws, regulations, and policies of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has issued a supervisory letter on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that: (1) the holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of any dividends previously paid during that period, is sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet, and is not in danger of failing to meet, minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to comply with the supervisory letter could result in a supervisory finding that the bank holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may also be limited because of the CCB under the Basel III regulatory capital framework. In the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. The Federal Reserve may further restrict the payment of dividends by engaging in supervisory action to restrict dividends or by requiring us to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required under any applicable minimum capital requirements. Our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions depends in part upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is subject to certain restrictions on dividends as discussed in more detail below. 13
Page 14
Table of Contents Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, the Bank. This support may be required at times when we may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans that we make to the Bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. As discussed above, in certain circumstances, we could also be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of the Bank, if the Bank became undercapitalized for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank under a capital restoration plan would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. Scope of Permissible Activities In general, the BHCA limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies to the business of banking, managing, or controlling banks, and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incidental thereto. Permissible activities for a bank holding company include, among others, operating a mortgage, finance, credit card, or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing investment and financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; and providing certain stock brokerage services. A bank holding company may also make an investment of up to 5.0% of any class of voting securities of any company that is otherwise a non- controlling investment. If a bank holding company has elected to become a financial holding company, it may engage in activities that are (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, or (2) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investments. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators. A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company if all of its depository institution subsidiaries are “well-capitalized” and “well-managed,” and have received a rating of not less than “Satisfactory” on their most recent examination under the CRA. We currently have no plans to make a financial holding company election, although we may make a financial holding company election in the future if we engage in any lines of business that are impermissible for bank holding companies but permissible for financial holding companies. Volcker Rule Section 13 of the BHCA, commonly known as the “Volcker Rule,” has generally prohibited insured depository institutions and their affiliates from sponsoring or acquiring an ownership interest in certain investment funds, including hedge funds and private equity funds. The Volcker Rule also places restrictions on proprietary trading. The Economic Growth Act exempts from the Volcker Rule insured depository institutions with (1) $10.0 billion or less in total consolidated assets and (2) whose total trading assets and trading liabilities are 5.0% or less of total consolidated assets. The Federal Reserve has effectively extended the exemption to bank holding companies with $10.0 billion or less in total consolidated assets. Since we meet the criteria listed above, we are exempt from the Volcker Rule. Safe and Sound Banking Practices Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y generally requires a bank holding company to provide the Federal Reserve with prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10.0% or more of the bank holding company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. In certain circumstances, the Federal Reserve could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices, result in breaches of fiduciary duty, or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties or impose enforcement actions for such activities. Bank Regulation Red River Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the laws of the State of Louisiana. As such, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the OFI and the FDIC. In addition, the Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the FDIC. The bank regulatory agencies have the power to enforce compliance with applicable banking laws and regulations. These requirements and restrictions include requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon, and restrictions relating to investments and other activities of the Bank. 14
Page 15
Table of Contents Capital Adequacy Requirements The FDIC and OFI monitor the capital adequacy of the Bank by using a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios. These agencies consider the Bank’s capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to the safety and soundness of the Bank and the banking system. Under the Basel III capital rules, an institution’s assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weightings. Regulatory capital, in turn, is classified in one of two tiers. “Tier I” capital includes two components: (1) common equity Tier I capital and (2) additional Tier I capital. Common equity Tier I capital consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier I capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier I capital, such as non- cumulative perpetual preferred stock. “Tier II” capital includes, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for credit losses, subject to limitations. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. Pursuant to the regulatory capital rules, the Bank has made an election not to include unrealized gains and losses in the investment securities portfolio for purposes of calculating “Tier I” capital and “Tier II” capital. Under the current Basel III regulatory framework, we are required to maintain certain minimum regulatory capital ratios. In addition to these minimum regulatory capital ratios, the Basel III regulations establish the CCB with respect to three of the four capital ratios. Specifically, banking organizations must hold common equity Tier I capital in excess of their minimum regulatory capital ratios by at least 2.50% of risk- weighted assets in order to avoid limits on capital distributions (including dividend payments, discretionary payments on Tier I instruments, and stock buybacks) and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. A summary of the regulatory capital ratios and the CCB are presented below: MinimumRegulatoryCapital Ratio CCB MinimumRegulatoryCapital Ratioplus CCB Total Risk-Based Capital (Tier I capital plus Tier II capital to total risk-weighted assets) 8.00% 2.50% 10.50% Tier I Risk-Based Capital (Tier I capital to total risk-weighted assets) 6.00% 2.50% 8.50% Common Equity Tier I Capital (Common equity tier I capital to total risk-weighted assets) 4.50% 2.50% 7.00% Tier I Leverage Capital (Tier I capital to adjusted total assets) 4.00% —% 4.00% These capital requirements are minimum requirements. The FDIC or OFI may also set higher capital requirements if warranted by the risk profile of the Bank, economic conditions impacting its markets, or other circumstances particular to the Bank. For example, FDIC guidance provides that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities, or securities trading activities. In addition, the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations discussed below also apply to the Bank. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the Bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, restrictions on business activities, and other measures under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. As part of the Economic Growth Act, an optional CBLR framework is available to the Company and the Bank as an alternative to the Basel III risk-based capital framework. The CBLR framework provides for a simple measure of capital adequacy for certain community banking organizations. Specifically, depository institutions and depository institution holding companies that have less than $10.0 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a Tier I leverage ratio of greater than 9.00%, are considered qualifying community banking organizations eligible to opt into the CBLR framework and replace the applicable Basel III risk-based capital requirements. In December 2025, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would, among other things, lower the 9.00% leverage ratio requirement to 8.00%. As of December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank qualify for the CBLR framework. Management does not intend to utilize the CBLR framework. Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies The federal banking regulators are required by the FDIA to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient banks that are FDIC-insured. For this purpose, a bank is placed in one of the following five capital tiers: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A bank’s capital tier depends upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other regulatory factors. To be well-capitalized, a bank must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.00%, a common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.50%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5.00%, and must not be subject to any written agreement, order, or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. We believe that, as of December 31, 2025, the Bank is well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. 15
Page 16
Table of Contents Banks that are adequately capitalized, but not well-capitalized, may not accept, renew, or rollover brokered deposits without a waiver from the FDIC and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on deposits. The FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations also generally prohibit a bank from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the bank would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized banks are also subject to growth limitations, may not accept, renew, or rollover brokered deposits, and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The FDIC may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the bank’s capital. Significantly undercapitalized banks may be subject to requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient shares or obligations to become adequately capitalized, limitations on asset growth, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIC must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The capital classification of a bank also affects the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. Bank Mergers Section 18(c) of the FDIA, known as the “Bank Merger Act,” requires the written approval of a bank’s primary federal regulator before the bank may (1) acquire through merger or consolidation, (2) purchase or otherwise acquire the assets of, or (3) assume the deposit liabilities of, another bank. The Bank Merger Act prohibits the reviewing agency from approving any proposed merger transaction that would result in certain significant anti-competitive effects. In every proposed merger transaction, the reviewing agency must also consider the financial and managerial resources and prospects of the existing and proposed institutions, the convenience and needs of the community to be served, the bank’s CRA performance, and the effectiveness of each insured depository institution involved in the proposed merger transaction in combating money-laundering activities. In addition to FDIC approval, the Bank must also obtain the prior approval of the OFI before acquiring or merging with another bank. The OFI will consider similar criteria when reviewing an application. Branching Under Louisiana law, the Bank is permitted to establish additional branch offices within Louisiana, subject to the approval of the OFI. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bank may also establish additional branch offices outside of Louisiana, subject to prior regulatory approval, provided that the laws of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a state bank chartered in that state to establish a branch. Any new branch, whether located inside or outside of Louisiana, must also be approved by the FDIC, as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The Bank may also establish offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing branches of banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions (including obtaining the prior approval of the OFI and FDIC). Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders Federal law strictly limits the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their parent bank holding companies. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, impose quantitative limits, qualitative standards, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank or subsidiary as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to the affiliate, purchase of assets from the affiliate, issuance of a guarantee on behalf of the affiliate, and several other types of transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including an expansion of what types of transactions are covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending arrangements, and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied. Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers, and 10.0% or greater shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. Insiders, as well as the Bank, may be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties, for loans in violation of applicable restrictions. Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends Red River Bank is subject to certain restrictions on dividends under federal and state laws, regulations, and policies. In general, Louisiana law provides that the Bank may not pay any dividends to the Company unless the Bank has surplus at 16
Page 17
Table of Contents least equal to 50.0% of its capital stock and such surplus will not be reduced below 50.0% following payment of the dividend. Prior approval of the OFI is required for the Bank to pay any dividend that would exceed its net profits earned during the current year combined with its retained net profits of the immediately preceding year. In addition, under federal law, the Bank may not pay any dividend to the Company if it is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The FDIC and the OFI may further restrict the payment of dividends by engaging in supervisory action to restrict dividends or by requiring the Bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Under the Basel III regulatory capital framework, the failure to maintain an adequate CCB, as discussed above, may also result in dividend restrictions. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the FDIC and the OFI, the Bank is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, generally after notice and hearing, the Bank to cease such practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice. Incentive Compensation Guidance The federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control, and governance processes. The incentive compensation guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon three primary principles: (1) balanced risk-taking incentives, (2) compatibility with effective controls and risk management, and (3) strong corporate governance. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or take other actions. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s primary federal regulator may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, the CCB described above would limit discretionary bonus payments to bank executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and evolve. Deposit Insurance Assessments FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the assessment is based on the size of the bank’s assessment base, which is equal to its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity, and its risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. At least semi-annually, the FDIC updates its loss and income projections for the Deposit Insurance Fund and, if needed, increases or decreases assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking, if required. The FDIC issued a final rule in October 2022 increasing deposit insurance assessments on all financial institutions beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The FDIC can also impose special assessments in certain instances. For example, the Bank may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums if there are bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines to increase assessment rates in order to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund. Concentrated CRE Lending Regulations The federal banking regulatory agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in CRE lending. The guidance provides that a bank may have a concentration in CRE lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100.0% or more of total risk-based capital, or (2) total non-owner occupied CRE loans, excluding owner occupied properties, represent 300.0% or more of the bank’s total risk-based capital and the outstanding balance of the bank’s CRE loan portfolio has increased 50.0% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, the bank will be subject to further regulatory scrutiny with respect to its risk management practices for CRE lending. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represented less than 100.0% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital, and its total CRE loans, excluding owner occupied properties, represented less than 300.0% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. As a result, the Bank does not have a concentration in CRE lending. Community Reinvestment Act The CRA and the related regulations are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire assessment area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of such banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s CRA performance record when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications, and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. The CRA requires federal banking agencies to make public their ratings of banks’ 17
Page 18
Table of Contents performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company transaction, the CRA performance record of the subsidiary banks of the bank holding companies involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA examination in 2025. On October 24, 2023, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule to modernize the CRA regulations. Most of the new rule’s requirements were originally scheduled to become applicable beginning January 1, 2026. However, a federal court issued an injunction in March 2024 that indefinitely extended the compliance date until the injunction is lifted. Further, in July 2025, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to rescind the October 2023 final rulemaking and replace it with the prior CRA regulation. If and when applicable, under the final rule, (1) the federal banking agencies would evaluate bank performance across the varied activities they conduct and communities in which they operate in order to encourage banks to expand access to credit, investment, and banking services in low- and moderate-income communities, (2) the CRA regulations would be updated to evaluate lending outside traditional assessment areas generated by the growth of non-branch delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking, branchless banking, and hybrid models, (3) a new metrics-based approach would be adopted to evaluate bank retail lending and community development financing, using benchmarks based on peer and demographic data, and (4) CRA evaluations and data collection would be tailored according to bank size and type. Consumer Laws and Regulations Red River Bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, RESPA, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, TILA, and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general, and civil or criminal liability. The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which has broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products. The CFPB has authority to promulgate regulations; issue orders, guidance, interpretations, and policy statements; conduct examinations; and bring enforcement actions regarding consumer financial products and services. In general, banks with assets of $10.0 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance, and subject to enforcement actions, by their primary federal regulator. However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of these smaller institutions on a “sampling basis” and may refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary federal regulators. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce certain consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions. As previously referenced in “- Bank Holding Company Regulation - Financial Services Industry Reform,” since February 2025, the CFPB has engaged in minimal supervision and enforcement activity, and the future of the CFPB is presently uncertain. Mortgage Lending Rules The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd- Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a presumption or rebuttable presumption of compliance for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” The CFPB has also issued regulations that, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for income verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. These regulations extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include a requirement to verify all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also define “qualified mortgages” based on adherence to certain underwriting standards and certain restrictions on loan terms. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made while closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest-only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be “qualified mortgages.” Also, the Dodd-Frank Act and the CFPB’s final rule on loan originator compensation prohibit certain compensation payments to loan originators and the steering of consumers to loans not in their interest, particularly if the loans will result in greater compensation for a loan originator. The Dodd-Frank Act and the CFPB’s implementing regulations, including the TILA-RESPA integrated disclosure rules, also impose disclosure requirements with respect to the origination and sale of residential mortgages. 18
Page 19
Table of Contents Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC Under federal law, financial institutions are required to maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; testing of the program by an independent audit function; and a customer due diligence program. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification, especially in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. OFAC administers laws and Executive Orders that prohibit U.S. entities from engaging in transactions with certain prohibited parties. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring, or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if a bank identifies a transaction, account, or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report, and notify the appropriate authorities. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations, and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for bank mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational, and financial consequences for the institution. Privacy Federal laws and regulations limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. In addition to applicable federal privacy regulations, the Bank is subject to certain state privacy laws. Federal laws and regulations also include certain information security guidelines that require a bank, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee of the board, to develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cybersecurity risk management. A financial institution is expected to implement multiple lines of defense against cyber-attacks. Under Federal guidance, banks are required to provide notice to affected customers of a data breach under certain circumstances and to the primary federal regulator within certain timeframes for certain data security incidents. Federal Home Loan Bank System Red River Bank is a member of the FHLB of Dallas, which is one of the 11 regional FHLBs composing the FHLB system. The Federal Housing Finance Agency regulates the FHLBs. It is responsible for ensuring that the FHLBs operate in a safe and sound manner, are adequately capitalized, and are held accountable to the FHLBs’ mission. The FHLBs make loans to their member banks in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB system and the board of directors of each regional FHLB. Any advances from a FHLB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and all long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for the financing of residential housing. As a member of the FHLB of Dallas, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Dallas. All loans, advances, letters of credit, and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB of Dallas to the Bank are secured by a portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio, as well as capital stock of the FHLB of Dallas held by the Bank. Additionally, if a member financial institution defaults on its debt, the right of the FHLB to seek repayment of this debt will take priority over the rights of all other creditors. Enforcement Powers The bank regulatory agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance and impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements, breaches of fiduciary duty, or the maintenance of unsafe and unsound conditions or practices, 19
Page 20
Table of Contents could subject us or our subsidiaries, including the Bank, as well as their respective officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties, to administrative sanctions, enforcement actions, and potentially substantial civil money penalties. FDIC Conservatorship or Receivership The bank regulatory agencies may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a bank (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the Bank becoming critically undercapitalized under prompt corrective action. Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, and the imposition of, and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates and assets of foreign branches. These policies have a significant influence on the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies or the effect of these policies on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans, or prospects. Impact of Current Laws and Regulations The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, while providing certain benefits, adds significantly to the cost of our operations and thus has a negative impact on our profitability. There has also been a notable expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the examination, oversight, and other rules and regulations to which we are subject. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw customers away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general. Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations, and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the U.S. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Future legislation, regulation, and policies, and the effects of such legislation, regulation, and policies, may have a significant influence on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or prospects, and the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments, and deposits. Such legislation, regulation, and policies have had a significant effect on the operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans, and prospects of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so. 20
Page 21
Table of Contents Item 1A. Risk Factors Ownership of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this Report, including the disclosures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this Report. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we are not now aware or currently deem immaterial, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, to the extent that any of the information in this Report constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Risks Related to Our Credit Activities We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk, which could lead to unexpected losses. Our business depends on our ability to successfully measure and manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms, and that the collateral securing repayment of their loans, if any, may be insufficient. In addition, there are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. The creditworthiness of a borrower is affected by many factors including local market conditions and general economic conditions. If the overall economic climate in the U.S., generally, or in Louisiana, specifically, or in a particular industry our borrowers are concentrated, experiences material disruption, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral we hold may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs, and delinquencies could rise and require significant additional provisions for credit losses, which could adversely affect our net income. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval, review, and administrative practices may not adequately reduce credit risk. Further, our credit administration personnel, policies, and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio. A failure to effectively measure and limit our credit risk could result in loan defaults, foreclosures, and additional charge-offs. As a result, we may need to significantly increase our provision for credit losses, which could adversely affect our net income. Our CRE loan portfolio exposes us to risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans. Our loan portfolio includes owner occupied and non-owner occupied CRE loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. As of December 31, 2025, our owner occupied CRE loans totaled $461.7 million, or 20.5% of loans HFI. Also, as of December 31, 2025, our construction and development loans, non-owner occupied CRE loans, and non-real estate secured loans financing CRE activities totaled $683.3 million, or 30.4% of loans HFI. The repayment of these loans is typically dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. This projected income may be adversely affected by changes in the economy, changes in interest rates, or local market conditions. CRE loans expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate, because there are fewer potential purchasers for the CRE collateral, which can make liquidation more difficult in the event of default of the underlying loan. Additionally, non-owner occupied CRE loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, charge-offs on non-owner occupied CRE loans may be larger on an individual loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our CRE loan portfolio would require us to increase our provision for credit losses, which would reduce our profitability. A significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of real estate loans, which subjects us to the potential impairment of the collateral securing the loan if the real estate market experiences negative changes and the costs and potential risks associated with the ownership of the real property if we are forced to foreclose. Real estate values in our markets have experienced periods of fluctuation in the past. As of December 31, 2025, $1.77 billion, or 78.7%, of loans HFI were secured by real estate as the primary component of collateral. We also make loans secured by real estate as a supplemental source of collateral. Real estate values and real estate markets are affected by many factors, such as changes in national, regional, or local economic conditions; the rate of unemployment; fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers; changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations, and policies; and acts of nature, such as hurricanes, flooding, and other natural disasters. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans, and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. 21
Page 22
Table of Contents Additionally, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property. We may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate, including potential environmental liability due to contamination of a property either during ownership or after the divesting of it. As of December 31, 2025, we held OREO totaling $36,000. This amount could increase in the future, depending upon the level of our real estate foreclosures and our ability to efficiently divest the foreclosed OREO. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, general or local economic conditions, environmental cleanup liability, assessments, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged properties, ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties, zoning laws, governmental and regulatory rules, and natural disasters. Consequently, we could be required to increase our ACL, adversely affecting our profitability. Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property. As of December 31, 2025, $628.8 million, or 28.0%, of our total loan portfolio was secured by primary and secondary liens on one-to-four family residential loans. One-to-four family residential loans are generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the borrowers’ ability to meet their loan payment obligations. A decline in residential real estate values resulting from a downturn in the housing market in our market areas may reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans and increase our risk of losses due to default. A downturn in the housing market coupled with elevated unemployment rates may also result in a decline in demand for our products and services. Rising insurance costs may affect the borrower’s ability to make timely payments and may also impact the value of the underlying real estate due to higher costs of ownership. In addition, in a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on residential loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates, which may adversely affect our business and profitability. By contrast, interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers with variable rate loans, which increases the potential for default and could result in a decrease in the demand for residential loans. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a residential loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. A portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and industrial loans secured by receivables, inventory, equipment, or other commercial collateral, and the deterioration in the collateral’s value could expose us to credit losses. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $392.8 million, or 17.5%, of loans HFI were commercial and industrial loans collateralized, in general, by general business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and available real estate, and most are backed by a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. These commercial and industrial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and therefore have the potential for larger losses on an individual loan basis. Additionally, the repayment of commercial and industrial loans is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The collateral securing such loans generally includes movable property, such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipate, exposing us to increased credit risk. In addition, a portion of our customer base, including customers in the energy and real estate business, may be exposed to volatile businesses or industries that are sensitive to commodity prices, real estate values, or liquidity, which could impair the value of the collateral securing these loans. Significant adverse changes in the economy or local market conditions where our commercial lending customers operate could cause rapid declines in loan collectability and the values associated with general business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage. Our ACL may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans HFI to present management’s best estimate of the expected credit losses to be recognized over the lifetime of the loans. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The determination of the amount of allowance involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. As of December 31, 2025, our ACL totaled $23.4 million, which represents approximately 1.04% of loans HFI. The actual amount of credit losses is affected by changes in economic, operating, and other conditions within our markets, as well as changes in the financial condition, cash flows, and operations of our borrowers. All of these factors are beyond our control, and such losses may exceed our current estimates. Additional credit losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have previously experienced or greater than we anticipate. We may be required to make additional provisions for credit losses to further supplement our ACL, due either to our management’s decision or as a regulatory requirement. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our ACL and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to recognize future charge-offs. 22
Page 23
Table of Contents Appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property, OREO, and repossessed personal property may not accurately describe the net value of the asset. In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made. Because real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO and personal property that we acquire through foreclosure and to determine certain estimated losses. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO or personal property, and our ACL may not reflect accurate estimated losses. The amount of our nonperforming assets may increase significantly, resulting in additional losses, costs, and expenses. As of December 31, 2025, we had NPAs of $3.5 million, or 0.11% of assets. NPAs adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on OREO or on nonperforming loans, which adversely affects our income. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the market value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss. An increase in the level of NPAs also increases our risk profile, which may cause our regulators to require additional amounts of capital. Finally, NPAs can take significant time and resources to resolve, causing the related costs of maintaining those assets to increase. These effects may be particularly pronounced in a declining real estate market where valuations are falling and excess inventory is present. The small to medium-sized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to handle adverse business developments, which may impair their ability to repay loans. A significant portion of our business is focused on small to medium-sized businesses, which frequently have smaller market shares than their competition; may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, inflation, labor market and supply chain constraints, tariffs, trade policy, and trade wars; may often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete; and may experience substantial volatility in operating results. Any of these factors may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small or medium-sized business often depends on the management skills, talents, and efforts of one individual or a small group of individuals. The death, disability, or resignation of one or more of these people could have an adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay loans. We could be subject to losses, regulatory action, or reputational harm due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, our employees, and other parties. In deciding whether and upon what terms to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, property appraisals, title information, employment and income documentation, account information, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Any misrepresentation or incorrect or incomplete information, whether fraudulent or inadvertent, may not be detected prior to entering into a transaction. In addition, there could be a significant breakdown or failure in our systems or processes in compiling that information, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our loan documentation, operations, or systems. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant, an employee, or another third party, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. We are often contractually required to indemnify counterparties for losses caused by a material misrepresentation, and a loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically not marketable or, if sold, is subject to repurchase. The sources of the misrepresentations may also be difficult to locate, and we may be unable to recover any of the monetary losses we may suffer as a result. Risks Related to Interest Rates and Economic Conditions We are subject to risks due to changing interest rates. The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates that are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Like most financial institutions, our profitability is dependent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and is affected by both local economic conditions and competition, as well as national monetary policy and market interest rates. Unexpected and/or significant changes to interest rates could cause our net interest margin and net interest income to decrease, and could adversely affect the valuation of our assets and liabilities. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may reduce the yield on short-term interest-bearing assets and on new and renewing loans and securities, and may decrease deposit rate pressure and the cost of deposits. 23
Page 24
Table of Contents An increase in the general level of interest rates may reduce loan demand and loan fees, decrease loan repayments, create deposit rate pressure, while increasing the yield on short-term interest-bearing assets and on new and renewing loans and securities. Higher interest rates could adversely affect the ability of borrowers of floating rate loans to meet their higher payment obligations, which could result in an increase in delinquencies and charge-offs. Higher interest rates could also increase the cost of deposits. The fair market value of our securities portfolio, the investment income, and the cash flows from these securities also fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. Changes in market values impact the net unrealized gains and losses on securities AFS and the related accumulated other comprehensive income in equity. Also, any such losses could be realized into earnings if it becomes necessary to sell securities AFS in a loss position. Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to manage the effects of changes in interest rates, any significant and unexpected change in market rates could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and earnings, and our strategies may not always be successful in managing the risks associated with changes in interest rates. As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways. Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits, and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. Our business environment can be impacted by uncertainty about the federal fiscal and monetary policymaking process, as well as events such as government debt ceilings and shutdowns. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Federal fiscal and monetary policymaking decisions could lead to changes in interest rates, inflation, or other economic impacts such as recessions. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is our ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates, which could impact the demand for our products and services. In addition, we could also experience increased operating costs related to providing our products and services as a result of inflation, supply chain disruptions, or increased wage pressure. The medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government and U.S. economy may be concerns for businesses, consumers, and investors in the U.S. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including global political hostilities, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder domestic economic growth. Uncertainty regarding both short and long-term interest rates impacts our ability to attract deposits and manage net interest margin. The borrowing needs of our customers may increase, especially during a challenging economic environment, which could result in increased borrowing against our contractual obligations to extend credit. A commitment to extend credit is a formal agreement to lend funds to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our customers under these credit commitments have historically been lower than the contractual amount of the commitments. Because of the credit profile of our customers, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is not reflected on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, we had $560.2 million in unfunded credit commitments to our customers. Actual borrowing needs of our customers may exceed our expectations, especially during a challenging economic environment when our customers may be more dependent on our credit commitments due to reduced income or the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of financings from alternative sources. This could adversely affect our liquidity, which could impair our ability to fund operations and meet obligations as they become due. Negative conditions in the health care sector could lead to increased credit losses in our loan portfolio. Health care loans, which were $194.3 million, or 8.6% of loans HFI as of December 31, 2025, are our largest industry concentration. These loans consist of loans to nursing and residential care facilities and physician and dental practices. To the extent that adverse economic conditions or other factors disproportionately and negatively impact the health care sector, it could lead to increased credit losses in our loan portfolio Volatility in oil and natural gas prices along with cyclical downturns in the energy industry, particularly in Louisiana, could lead to increased credit losses in our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2025, we had energy loans of $27.7 million, or 1.2% of loans HFI. We also may have indirect exposure to energy prices, as some of our non-energy customers’ businesses may be affected by volatility in the oil and gas industry and energy prices. General uncertainty resulting from continued volatility could have other adverse impacts such as job losses in industries tied to energy, lower borrowing needs, higher transaction deposit balances, or a number of other effects that are difficult to isolate or quantify, particularly in states with significant dependence on the energy industry like Louisiana, all of which could lead to increased credit losses in our loan portfolio. 24
Page 25
Table of Contents Natural disasters and other external events could result in a disruption of our operations and increases in credit losses. We are a community banking franchise concentrated in Louisiana. A significant portion of our business is generated from Louisiana markets that have been, and may continue to be, impacted by major hurricanes, floods, tropical storms, tornadoes, ice storms, and other natural disasters. Natural disasters can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. A deterioration in local economic conditions or in the residential or CRE markets could have an adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio, the demand for our products and services, the ability of borrowers to timely repay loans, and the value of the collateral securing loans. As of December 31, 2025, 94.4% of loans HFI were made to borrowers who reside or conduct business in Louisiana, and substantially all of our real estate loans are secured by properties located in Louisiana. If the population, employment, or income growth in any of our markets is negative or slower than projected, income levels, deposits, and real estate development could be adversely impacted, which could adversely affect our business and profitability. Additionally, our business could be adversely affected by the effects of war and international conflict, civil unrest, inflation, trade and tariff policies, trade wars, labor market and supply chain constraints, perceived or actual stock market bubbles, government shutdowns, or a widespread outbreak of pandemics. Further, we are monitoring the ongoing military conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, as well as current tensions in Venezuela, China, and the Middle East, including Iran, and between China and Taiwan. While we do not expect that these conflicts or tensions will be directly material to us, associated effects of the geopolitical instability, such as the imposition of sanctions against any country and their response to such sanctions (including retaliatory acts like cyber-attacks and sanctions against other countries), could adversely affect the global economy or domestic markets, including ours. If the economies in our primary markets experience an overall decline as a result of these types of external events, demand for loans and our other products and services could be reduced. In addition, the rate of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies, and losses on loan portfolios may increase substantially, as uninsured property losses or sustained job interruption or loss may materially impair our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans. Such external events could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and increased credit losses for us. Risks Related to Our Competition and Services Our ability to attract and retain customers and maintain our reputation is critical to our growth, profitability, and market share. We operate in the highly competitive banking industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors. Our business plan emphasizes relationship banking in order to originate loans, attract deposits, and provide other financial services. As a result, our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. We face deposit and other competition from both bank and non-bank providers through a variety of new and evolving alternative payment mechanisms. These alternative payment mechanisms include cryptocurrencies and crypto assets, especially stablecoins, prepaid systems, and payment services targeting users of social networks, communications platforms, and gaming, which may attract funds from traditional banking channels like ours. Some of our competitors are larger and may have significantly more resources, greater name recognition, and more extensive and established branch networks or geographic footprints. Because of their scale, many of these competitors can be more aggressive on loan and deposit pricing. Also, many of our non-bank competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Credit unions have become more active through organic growth and growth through acquisitions, and their tax-exempt status may enable them to compete more effectively on rates. We expect competition to continue to intensify due to financial institution consolidation; legislative, regulatory, and technological changes; and the emergence of alternative sources for financial services, including fintech companies, all of which could cause us to lose some of our existing customers, and we may not be successful attracting new customers. Our failure to compete effectively in our primary markets could cause us to lose market share. We may not be able to implement our expansion strategy, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain our historical earnings trends. Our strategy is to expand market share in existing markets and engage in opportunistic new market de novo expansion, supplemented by strategic acquisitions of financial institutions in desirable geographic areas with customer-oriented, compatible philosophies. De novo expansion carries with it certain potential risks, including possibly significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain regulatory approval; an inability to secure the services of qualified senior management to operate the de novo banking centers and successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market reception for de novo banking centers established in markets where we do not have a preexisting reputation; challenges posed by local economic conditions; challenges associated with securing attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values; therefore, some dilution of our tangible book value and earnings per common share may occur in connection with any future acquisition. Specifically, acquisitions could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees, significant fair value adjustments, 25
Page 26
Table of Contents or other consequences that could adversely affect our business. Further, the carrying amount of any goodwill that we currently maintain or may acquire may be subject to impairment in future periods. Also, as consolidation of the financial services industry continues, the number of appropriate targets may decrease and the price for potential acquisitions may increase, which could reduce our potential returns and reduce the attractiveness of these opportunities to us. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business or assets we acquire. The integration of acquired operations and assets may require substantial management time, effort, and resources and may divert management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. Further, we may not be able to execute on more general aspects of our expansion strategy, which may impair our ability to sustain our historical rate of growth or prevent us from growing at all. For example, we may not be able to generate sufficient new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances, obtain the personnel or funding necessary for additional growth, or find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition with other financial institutions, may impede or prohibit the growth of our operations, the opening of new banking centers, and the consummation of acquisitions. The success of our strategy also depends on our ability to effectively manage growth, which is dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to adapt our credit, operational, technology, and governance infrastructure to accommodate expanded operations. If we fail to implement one or more aspects of our expansion strategy, we may be unable to maintain our historical growth and earnings trends. New lines of business, products, product enhancements, services, or technologies may subject us to additional risks. As we continue to grow, our success will be partially dependent upon our ability to address the needs of our customers and enhance operational efficiencies. From time to time, we may implement new lines of business; offer new products, services, or technologies; or offer product enhancements within our existing lines of business. In doing so, we may invest significant time and resources. At the same time, we may not allocate the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new efforts successful or to realize their expected benefits. Further, initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements, services, or technologies may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. As a result, we may not fully realize the anticipated benefits from these efforts, or we may incur significant costs to overcome related challenges in a timely manner. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the ultimate implementation. For example, many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in these efforts. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we may lose customers seeking technology-driven products and services that we are not able to provide. Any new line of business, product, product enhancement, service, or technology could also have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls and subject us to additional, unknown risks. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties and exposure through transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including broker-dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other financial intermediaries. In addition, we participate in loans originated by other institutions, and we participate in syndicated transactions (including shared national credits) in which other lenders serve as the lead bank. Failures by, declines in the financial condition of, or even rumors or questions about one or more financial institutions, financial service companies, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to a decline in market-wide liquidity, asset quality problems, or other problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Risks Related to Our Financial Stability We may need to rely on financial markets to provide needed capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, we may not be able to satisfy regulatory requirements or maintain adequate protection against financial stress. We may need to raise additional capital, in the form of additional debt or equity, in the future to have sufficient capital resources and liquidity to satisfy our current or future regulatory capital requirements, meet our commitments, and fund our business needs and future growth. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on a number of factors, including, without limitation, our financial condition and performance, conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, and governmental activities. Many of these factors are beyond our control, and as such, there is no assurance we will be able to issue debt or equity securities if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital sufficient to meet regulatory requirements, we may not be able to withstand periods of financial stress, and we could be subject to enforcement actions or other regulatory consequences. 26
Page 27
Table of Contents A lack of liquidity could impair our ability to fund operations. Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to mitigate deposit withdrawals and to raise funds through new deposits, borrowings, the sale of investment securities at or above the value of such securities on our books, and other sources could have a material adverse effect on liquidity. Our most important source of funds is deposits. Historically, our deposits have provided a stable source of funds. However, deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff or when customers have negative views related to disruption in the financial markets or the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. If our customers move money out of bank deposits, our liquidity position could be impacted, and we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs, and reducing our net interest income and net income. Even though a majority of our certificates of deposit renew upon maturity with what we believe are competitive rates, some of our more rate-sensitive customers may move those and other deposit funds to higher-yielding alternatives. Our other primary sources of liquidity consist of cash flows from operations, loan repayments, maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity to investors. As a secondary source of liquidity, we have the ability to borrow overnight funds from other financial institutions with whom we have a correspondent relationship. We also have the ability to borrow from the FHLB of Dallas and the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window facility. Historically, we have not utilized brokered or internet deposits to meet liquidity needs. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us, the financial services industry, or the economy in general. These factors may include disruptions in the financial markets or negative expectations about the industry’s prospects. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by regulatory actions against us or by a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a downturn in the Louisiana economy or in economic conditions generally. A decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or fulfill obligations such as meeting deposit withdrawal demands or repaying our borrowings. The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our investment portfolio, potentially resulting in adverse changes to the portfolio’s fair value. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in market interest rates, rating agency actions related to the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying collateral, and instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause realized or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in AOCI, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and capital requirements. In addition, the process for determining impairment of a security often requires complex, subjective judgments about whether there has been a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, whether management has the intent or ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any underlying collateral, and other relevant factors. As a result, any failure or deficiency in making these judgments could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability. Risks Related to Our Operations We rely heavily on our executive management team, directors, and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by an unexpected loss of their service. Our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified management, directors, and employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be difficult. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees. Further, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified replacement personnel on terms acceptable to us, or at all, whether due to tightening labor conditions or otherwise. If we unexpectedly lose the services of one or more of our management team, directors, or key personnel and are unable to replace them, we would also lose the benefit of their skills, knowledge of our primary markets, and years of industry experience, which could adversely affect our business and profitability. We are subject to laws regarding the privacy, information security, and protection of personal information. Unauthorized access, cyber-crime, and other threats to data security may require significant resources, harm our reputation, and otherwise cause harm to our business. In the ordinary course of our business, we necessarily collect, use, and retain, on various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third-party providers and, in some cases, vendors retained by those third parties, personal and financial information concerning individuals and businesses with which we have a banking or other relationship. We also maintain important internal company data such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information about our operations. Threats to data security such as unauthorized access and cyber-attacks 27
Page 28
Table of Contents emerge and change rapidly. These threats may increase our costs for protection or remediation. They may also result in competing time constraints between applicable privacy and other requirements and our ability to secure data in accordance with customer expectations and evolving laws and regulations governing the privacy and protection of personal information. It is difficult or impossible to defend against every risk posed by changing technologies and cyber-crime. Cyber incidents could include actual or attempted unauthorized access, tampering, malware insertion, ransomware attacks, or other system integrity events. Increasing sophistication of cyber-attacks makes it increasingly difficult to prevent a security breach. Further, we, or any of our vendors or third-party providers, could also experience a breach due to circumstances such as intentional or negligent conduct on the part of employees or other internal and external sources, software bugs, or other technical malfunctions. Any of these threats may cause our customer accounts and financial systems to become vulnerable to takeover schemes or cyber-fraud. If personal, confidential, or proprietary information of customers, employees, or others were to be mishandled or misused by us or third parties with access to that information, we could be exposed to litigation or regulatory sanctions under personal information laws and regulations. A breach of our security that results in unauthorized access to our data could expose us to disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations as well as to data loss, litigation, fines, penalties, damages, inquiries, examinations, investigations, significant increases in compliance costs, and reputational damage, which could cause us to lose customers or potential customers. We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, and a failure of these parties to perform for any reason could disrupt our operations. Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure such as data processing, internet connections, network access, core application processing, statement production, and account analysis. Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our IT and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our IT and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity. Additionally, our operations could be interrupted if any of our third-party service providers experience financial difficulty, are inadvertently or intentionally negligent, are subject to cybersecurity breaches or other cyber events, fail to effectively manage their providers, terminate their services, or fail to comply with applicable banking regulations. We are subject to claims, litigation, and other proceedings that could result in legal liability. From time to time, we are, or may be, involved in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. One or more unfavorable outcomes of these ordinary course claims or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of their merits, scope, validity, or ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, time-consuming, may result in protracted litigation or otherwise divert management’s attention, and may materially and adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved favorably. Our financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amount of related revenues and expenses. Certain accounting policies are inherently based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions, and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally estimated. These policies include the ACL, accounting for income taxes, the determination of fair value for financial instruments, and accounting for stock-based compensation. Management’s judgment and the data relied upon by management may be based on assumptions that prove to be inaccurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if the relevant, factual assumptions are accurate, our decisions may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in the design or use of analytical tools used by management. We utilize data and modeling in our management’s decision-making, and faulty data or modeling approaches could negatively impact our decision-making ability or subject us to regulatory scrutiny. The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitative analysis is part of management’s decision-making and is used in our operations. It is also prevalent in regulatory compliance. While we are not currently subject to annual stress testing under the Dodd-Frank Act or the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review submissions, we currently utilize asset/liability management modeling and stress testing for monitoring and managing interest rate risk and liquidity. We also use a software system to model and evaluate the ACL. While we believe the quantitative techniques and approaches of these models improve our decision-making, they also create the possibility that faulty data, flawed quantitative approaches, or misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could negatively impact our decision-making ability or, if we become subject to regulatory stress-testing in the future, cause adverse regulatory scrutiny. 28
Page 29
Table of Contents We utilize third-party companies to support our investment group, and we may be adversely affected by the condition or performance of our third-party brokerage partners. We are not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor or broker-dealer. To provide a broader range of investment products and services to our customers through our investment group, we partner with third parties who are licensed and registered to serve in those capacities. The investment products and services provided to our customers through our investment group, by virtue of these third-party channels generally are not insured by the FDIC. We may have exposure for illegal, negligent, fraudulent, or other acts of these investment advisors and brokers. Although we seek to limit this exposure through clear disclosure, ongoing oversight, and contractual provisions requiring indemnification, limitations of liability, insurance coverage, and other similar protections, those obligations may not always be enforceable, or our third-party service providers ultimately may not have sufficient financial strength to fully comply, all of which may increase our financial exposure and adversely affect our business. Climate related events and legislative and societal responses regarding climate change present risks to our business. Climate change may intensify severe weather events such as hurricanes and rainstorms that recur in our market areas, which may adversely impact our locations and business and those of our customers and suppliers. In addition, there has been an increased focus among businesses, consumers and investors regarding transitioning to renewable energy and a net zero economy. If we fail to adequately anticipate and address these changing preferences, our business could be adversely impacted. We are also subject to risks relating to potential new climate change-related legislation or regulations, which could increase our and our customers’ costs. Further, we may be exposed to negative publicity based on the identity and activities of those to whom we lend and with which we otherwise do business and the public’s view of the approach and performance of our customers and business partners with respect to climate-related matters. The risks associated with these matters are continuing to evolve rapidly and the ultimate impact on our business is difficult to predict with any certainty. The development and use of AI presents risks and challenges that may adversely affect our business. We or our third-party (or fourth-party) vendors, clients, or counterparties may develop or incorporate AI technology in certain business processes, services, or products. The development and use of AI presents a number of risks and challenges to our business. The legal and regulatory environment relating to AI is uncertain and rapidly evolving. These evolving laws and regulations could require changes in our implementation of AI technology and increase our compliance costs and the risk of non-compliance. AI models, particularly generative AI models, may produce output or take action that is incorrect, that reflects biases included in the data on which they are trained, or that is otherwise harmful. We may rely on AI models developed by third parties, and, to that extent, would be dependent in part on the manner in which such third parties develop and train their models, including risks arising from the inclusion of any unauthorized material in the training data for their models and the effectiveness of the steps these third parties have taken to limit the risks associated with the output of their models, all of which are matters into which we may have limited visibility. Any of these risks could expose us to liability or adverse legal or regulatory consequences and harm our reputation and the public perception of our business. Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult to sell shares at the volumes, prices, or times desired. An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency and is subject to price fluctuations and risk of loss. There are many factors that may impact the market price and trading volume of our common stock. In particular, the realization of any of the risks described in this “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock, causing the price of our common stock to decline. The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced substantial fluctuations, which may or may not be related to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult for investors to sell shares at volumes, prices, or times desired and could result in a risk of loss. Future sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our equity securities in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities. We may issue shares of equity securities as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and under compensation and incentive plans. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our equity securities in connection with any such acquisition or investment. Sales of substantial amounts of our equity securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. 29
Page 30
Table of Contents Our stock repurchase program may not enhance long-term stockholder value, and stock repurchases, if any, could increase the volatility of the price of our common stock and diminish our cash reserves. We maintain a stock repurchase program. The repurchase program authorizes us to purchase up to a set amount of our outstanding shares of common stock between specific dates. Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, or in privately negotiated transactions. In the past few years we have also repurchased shares of our common stock outside of our stock repurchase programs in privately negotiated repurchases with approval from our board of directors. Repurchases could affect our stock price and increase its volatility. The existence of a stock repurchase program could also cause our stock price to be higher than it would be in the absence of such a program and could potentially reduce the market liquidity for our stock. Additionally, stock repurchases could diminish our cash reserves, which could impact our ability to pursue possible future strategic opportunities and acquisitions, support our operations, invest in securities, and pay dividends, and could result in lower overall returns on our cash balances. Stock repurchases may not enhance shareholder value because the market price of our common stock may decline below the levels at which we repurchased shares of stock, and short-term stock price fluctuations could reduce the program’s effectiveness. Repurchases are subject to a nondeductible excise tax under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 equal to 1.0% of the fair market value of the shares repurchased, subject to certain limitations. Our directors and named executive officers have significant control over our business. As of December 31, 2025, our directors and named executive officers beneficially owned approximately 16.5% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Consequently, our management and board of directors may be able to significantly affect the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the issuance of stock, the sale of substantially all of our assets, and other extraordinary corporate matters. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders. The rights of our common shareholders may be subordinate to the holders of any debt securities or preferred stock that we may issue in the future. As of December 31, 2025, we did not have any outstanding long-term debt. However, any future indebtedness that we may incur may be senior to our common stock. As a result, we would make payments on our potential future indebtedness before any dividends could be paid on our common stock, and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution, or liquidation, the holders of our potential future indebtedness would be satisfied in full before any distributions could be made to the holders of our common stock. Although we do not currently have any outstanding preferred stock, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, and to determine the terms of each issuance of preferred stock and any indebtedness, without shareholder approval, which may be senior to our common stock. As a result, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such cash dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Although we anticipate paying quarterly dividends going forward, we have no obligation to continue paying dividends, and we may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our shareholders. Our ability to pay dividends may also be limited on account of any potential future outstanding indebtedness, as we generally would make payments on outstanding indebtedness before any dividends could be paid on our common stock. Also, because our primary earning asset is our investment in the capital stock of the Bank, we are dependent upon dividends from the Bank to pay our operating expenses, satisfy our obligations, and pay dividends on our common stock. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will substantially depend upon its earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, and other factors deemed relevant by its board of directors. There are numerous laws and banking regulations and guidance that limit our and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. For more information on dividend regulations, see “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation.” Our corporate governance documents, and certain corporate and banking laws applicable to us, could make a takeover more difficult. Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, each as amended and restated, and corporate and federal banking laws, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization or conduct a proxy contest, even if those events were perceived by many of our shareholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us, enable our board of directors to issue additional shares of authorized, but unissued capital stock; specify that our shareholders do not have preemptive rights; issue “blank check” preferred stock with such designations, rights, and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the board; increase the size of the board and fill the vacancies created by the increase; not be elected by cumulative voting; amend our bylaws without shareholder approval; require the request of holders of at least 25.0% of the outstanding shares of our 30
Page 31
Table of Contents capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting; establish an advance notice procedure for director nominations and other shareholder proposals; and require prior regulatory application and approval of any transaction involving a change in control of our organization. These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including under circumstances in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares. Securities analysts may not continue coverage on us or may publish unfavorable reports, which could adversely impact the price of our common stock. The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover us. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. If we are covered by securities analysts and are the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline. Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation, and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could subject us to regulatory action or penalties. We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and legal requirements that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our shareholders or creditors. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect consumers, customers, depositors, the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund, and the overall financial stability of the U.S. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividends or distributions that the Bank can pay to us and that we can pay to our shareholders, require us to have an effective anti-money laundering program, and prohibit discriminatory lending practices and unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith efforts or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines, and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base, the price of our securities, and result in reputational damage. Further, any new laws, rules, and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive. For additional information regarding laws and regulation to which our business is subject, see “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation.” New activities and expansion require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth. As opportunities arise, we plan to continue establishing de novo banking centers as a part of our organic growth strategy. In addition, we may complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of financial institutions and other complementary businesses. Generally, we must receive state and federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an FDIC-insured depository institution or related business or open new de novo banking centers. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to open or sell banking centers as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition. Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions as a result of such examinations could result in regulatory action or penalties. As part of the bank regulatory process, the FDIC, the OFI, and the Federal Reserve periodically conduct examinations of our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal or state banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we or the Bank were in violation of any law or regulation, such agency may take a number of different remedial actions that it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to stop any practices such agency found to be unsafe or unsound; to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced; to direct an increase in our capital; to restrict our ability to pay dividends; to restrict our growth; to assess civil money penalties against us, the Bank, or our respective officers and directors; to remove officers and directors; and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance and place it into receivership or conservatorship. 31
Page 32
Table of Contents We are subject to capital requirements, which may result in lower returns on equity, require us to raise additional capital, prevent us from accessing FHLB advances, restrict our access to other borrowing lines, limit growth opportunities, result in regulatory restrictions, or require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank. Because we and the Bank do not intend to utilize the simplified CBLR framework, we both remain subject to rules designed to implement the recommendations with respect to regulatory capital standards, commonly known as Basel III. The rules establish a regulatory capital standard based on common equity Tier I, which require us and the Bank to satisfy a minimum capital adequacy requirement. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject us to a variety of limitations on dividends, stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. Our subsidiary, Red River Bank, is also subject to separate regulatory capital requirements imposed by the FDIC. If the Bank does not meet minimum capital requirements, it will be subject to prompt corrective action by the FDIC. Prompt corrective action can include progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management, and capital distributions. Even if we satisfy the objectives of our capital plan and meet minimum capital requirements, it is possible that our regulators may ask us to raise additional capital. For example, banking organizations experiencing significant internal growth, making acquisitions, or experiencing financial difficulties are often expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels. In addition, the Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank. The Federal Reserve requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support its subsidiary banks. Under this “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank at times when the bank holding company may not be inclined to do so and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Accordingly, we could be required to make a capital injection to the Bank if it experiences financial distress. Such a capital injection may be required at a time when our resources are limited, and we may be required to raise additional debt or equity capital to make the required capital injection. Additionally, depending on our capital levels, the FHLB of Dallas may reduce or eliminate entirely our total borrowing availability with it. Our other borrowing lines may also be restricted or include increased borrowing costs. These actions could come at a time when we have limited other funding options and could jeopardize our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, or meet other obligations such as repaying any potential borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, which could adversely impact our business or profitability. For additional information regarding regulatory capital standards to which our business is subject, see “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation.” Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future, may increase our costs. The impact of past economic conditions, particularly in the financial markets, have resulted in government regulatory agencies and political bodies placing increased focus and scrutiny on the financial services industry. New proposals for legislation and regulation will continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress and by regulatory agencies, which could substantially increase regulation of the financial services industry; impose restrictions on the operations and general ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices, including in the areas of compensation, interest rates, fees on products and services (including overdraft fees and NSF fees), financial product offerings, and disclosures; and have an effect on collection and bankruptcy proceedings with respect to consumer residential real estate mortgages, among other things. While the current administration has generally favored less regulatory burden on financial institutions, the priorities of the current administration or of future administrations could change Certain aspects of future regulatory or legislative changes, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities by requiring more oversight or changing certain of our business practices, including our ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans, and achieve satisfactory interest rate spreads. They also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make necessary operational changes to comply, which could further impact the profitability of our business activities and increase our costs. In addition, future changes in tax laws may have an adverse effect on our income tax expense, deferred tax balances, and the amount of taxes payable, which could have an adverse effect on our business and profitability. Federal and state consumer lending laws may restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans, increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans, increase the time and expense associated with the foreclosure process, or prevent us from foreclosing at all. Certain federal and state laws are intended to eliminate lending practices that are considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans, and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. It is our policy not to make predatory loans, but these laws create the potential for liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans. They also may cause us to reduce the 32
Page 33
Table of Contents average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make. Additionally, consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially increase the time and expense associated with the foreclosure process or prevent us from foreclosing at all. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and subject to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Bank’s regular assessments are determined by the level of its assessment base and its risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. The FDIC has the power to change deposit insurance assessment rates, the manner deposit insurance is calculated, and also to charge special assessments to FDIC-insured institutions. Increases in assessment rates or special assessments that apply to all banks may occur in the future, especially if there are significant financial institution failures. Any future special assessments or increases in assessment rates could reduce our profitability, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 33
Page 34
Table of Contents Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 1C. Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Our ERM program is designed to identify, assess, and mitigate risks across our Company, including financial, operational, reputational, strategic, legal, liquidity, and credit. Cybersecurity is a critical component of this program as it is necessary for supporting our business and protecting our customers in an increasingly complex environment. The cybersecurity component of our ERM program is designed around the NIST Cybersecurity Framework Version 2.0 and is aligned with FFIEC guidance, including the Information Security and Business Continuity Management booklets, and is designed to protect the security, availability, integrity, and confidentiality of our computer systems, networks, software, and information assets, including client and other sensitive data. Cybersecurity is an ongoing initiative that we monitor very closely. Threats to data security emerge and change rapidly. Cyber threats could include attacks that are common to most industries, such as ransomware attacks, unauthorized access, tampering, malware insertion, or other system integrity events, but could also include attacks from highly organized perpetrators targeting financial services companies. The cybersecurity component of our ERM program consists of several elements including: • A risk assessment process that identifies and prioritizes material cybersecurity risks, defines and evaluates the effectiveness of controls to mitigate the risks, and reports results to executive management and the board of directors. • A third-party managed detection and response service, which monitors the security of our information systems around-the-clock, including intrusion detection and alerting. • A dedicated information security team covering all critical cyber defense functions such as engineering, data protection, identity and access management, insider risk management, security operations, threat emulation, and threat intelligence. • A training program that educates employees about cybersecurity risks and how to protect themselves from cyber-attacks. • An awareness program that keeps employees informed about cybersecurity threats and how to stay safe online. • An incident response plan that outlines the steps we will take to respond to a cybersecurity incident, which is tested on a periodic basis. We expect each of our employees to be responsible for the security and confidentiality of our client information and our computer systems. We communicate this responsibility to each employee upon beginning employment with us and regularly throughout their employment. We require new hires to complete training on cyber-crime, social engineering, and cybersecurity awareness, and we also require this training during each year of employment thereafter. Employees are tested on their understanding of these requirements and provide acknowledgement of their responsibilities. Additionally, we regularly provide employees with information security awareness training covering the recognition and appropriate handling of potential phishing emails, which can introduce malware to our network, result in the theft of user credentials, and place sensitive data at risk. We regularly test employees to determine their susceptibility to phishing emails and require those more susceptible employees to take additional training. We protect our network and information assets with industry-tested security products and processes. Our information security team actively monitors our networks and systems to detect suspicious or malicious activity. We also conduct vulnerability scans to determine areas that need improvement. Our cybersecurity team maintains their current knowledge through training, obtaining professional certifications, and participating in industry groups. Our information security team expands and tests their knowledge of cyber threats through on-the-job training and periodic simulated exercises to practice responses to potential real-life threats. We also engage expert cyber consultants, as necessary and appropriate. We engage in regular assessments of our infrastructure, software systems, and network architecture, using both our internal information security team as well as third-party consultants to ensure that cybersecurity risks are appropriately identified and that controls are appropriately designed to mitigate such risks. We also maintain a third-party risk management program designed to ensure that our vendors meet our cybersecurity requirements. This includes conducting periodic risk assessments of vendors, requiring vendors to implement appropriate cybersecurity controls, and monitoring vendor compliance with our cybersecurity requirements. While cybersecurity risks have the potential to materially affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, we do not believe that risks from cybersecurity threats or attacks, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. For further discussion of risks from cybersecurity threats, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Report. 34
Page 35
Table of Contents Governance Our IT Director and ISO are primarily responsible for the cybersecurity component and are key members of the ERM program, reporting directly to the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer, respectively. Both our IT Director and ISO engage with our information security team to accomplish the goals of the cybersecurity component of our ERM program. The information security team consists of information security professionals with varying degrees of education and experience. In particular, our IT Director and ISO are both qualified professionals with appropriate education, experience, and professional certifications. Each has more than 20 years of experience in the fields of IT and data security and hold relevant professional certifications that ensure expertise in preventing, detecting, and managing cyber risk. Our board of directors has approved management committees, including the OTC, to provide operational risk oversight for information security risks. The IT Director is the chair of the OTC, and the ISO is a member of the OTC. The OTC generally meets quarterly to provide oversight of the risk management strategy, standards, policies, practices, and mitigation and prevention efforts employed to manage security risks. It also ensures that our internal control infrastructure is appropriate and commensurate with the growth of, or changes to, our information systems and processes. More frequent meetings may occur as needed to facilitate timely communication and monitoring efforts. In the event of a cybersecurity incident, the IT Director and ISO would become aware of the incident or potential incident through their own detection, detection by us, detection by a third-party consultant, or, in the case of a cybersecurity incident occurring on a system administered by a third party, through notification from that third party. Upon becoming aware of a cybersecurity incident or a potential cybersecurity incident, the IT Director and the ISO, in collaboration with the information security team, other employees, and external consultants as needed, would work to mitigate any impact of the incident or potential incident. The IT Director and the ISO would also inform the OTC of an incident or potential incident. Our board of directors has ultimate authority and responsibility for overseeing our ERM program, including risks related to cybersecurity. Our board oversees our ERM program through the Bank’s board, which meets monthly with the exception of August and November. The Bank’s board reviews all minutes of the OTC and also receives a report at each meeting regarding cybersecurity risk levels and performance regarding various information security metrics. Item 2. Properties As of December 31, 2025, Red River Bank operated from a network of 28 banking centers throughout Louisiana and two combined LDPOs, one each in New Orleans, Louisiana and Lafayette, Louisiana. The Bank’s principal executive office is located at 1412 Centre Court Drive, Suite 301, Alexandria, Louisiana 71301. Banking centers are located in the following Louisiana markets: Central, which includes the Alexandria MSA; Northwest, which includes the Shreveport-Bossier City MSA; Capital, which includes the Baton Rouge MSA; Southwest, which includes the Lake Charles MSA; the Northshore, which includes the Slidell-Mandeville-Covington MSA; Acadiana, which includes the Lafayette MSA; and New Orleans, which includes the New Orleans-Metairie MSA. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank owned its main office building, its operations center, and 22 of its banking centers. The remaining banking office facilities were subject to lease agreements. Our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet our operating needs for the foreseeable future. Item 3. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we, including our subsidiaries, are or may be involved in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, neither we, nor any of our subsidiaries, are involved in such legal proceedings that the resolution is expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in these ordinary claims or litigation against us or our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention, and may materially and adversely affect our reputation or that of our subsidiaries, even if resolved favorably. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Market Information for Common Stock Shares of our common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “RRBI.” Our shares have been traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market since May 3, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. 35
Page 36
Table of Contents Holders of Record As of February 27, 2026, there were approximately 213 holders of record of our common stock. Dividends and Dividend Policy We anticipate paying quarterly dividends on our common stock, subject to approval by our board of directors. Although we expect to pay quarterly dividends, we have no obligation to pay dividends, and we may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our shareholders. Any future determination relating to dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations; our capital levels and needs; any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we are considering; contractual, statutory, and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations; general economic conditions; and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. For information on regulatory restrictions on our and the Bank’s present and future ability to pay dividends, see “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Bank Holding Company Regulation - Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength” and “- Bank Regulation - Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends.” Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Our purchases of shares of common stock made during the quarter are summarized in the table below: (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Period Total Number ofSharesPurchased Average PricePaid per Share Total Number ofShares Purchased asPart of PubliclyAnnounced Program Approximate DollarValue of Shares that MayYet Be Purchased Underthe Program October 1 - October 31, 2025 — $ — — $ 4,337 November 1 - November 30, 2025 — $ — — $ 4,337 December 1 - December 31, 2025 — $ — — $ 4,337 Total — $ — — $ 4,337 Average price paid per share includes the commission expense, if any, paid on the share repurchases, but excludes the excise tax recorded on the share repurchases. On December 19, 2024, we announced that our board of directors approved the renewal of the 2024 stock repurchase program. The 2025 stock repurchase program authorized us to purchase up to $5.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025. Repurchases were made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, and in privately negotiated transactions. On December 18, 2025, we announced that our board of directors approved the renewal and increase of the 2025 stock repurchase program. The renewed and increased 2026 stock repurchase program has similar terms to the 2025 stock repurchase program and authorizes us to purchase up to $10.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2026 through December 31, 2026. Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, or in privately negotiated transactions. The approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the program is reduced by the amount of the commission expense and the excise tax recorded on the share repurchases. (1) (2)(3)(4) (1) (2) (3) (4) 36
Page 37
Table of Contents Stock Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return for our common stock, the Nasdaq Composite Index, and the S&P US Small Cap Banks Index between December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2025. The graph below represents $100 invested in each of our common stock, the Nasdaq Composite Index, and the S&P US Small Cap Banks Index on December 31, 2020, and reflects those values as of the close of trading and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The historical stock price information shown above represents past performance and is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information was obtained from S&P Global Market Intelligence. The information provided under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to its proxy regulations or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, other than as provided in Item 201 of Regulation S-K. The information provided in this section shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Item 6. [Reserved] 37
Page 38
Table of Contents Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The purpose of this discussion and analysis is to focus on significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of Red River Bancshares, Inc. on a consolidated basis during the year ended December 31, 2025 and selected prior periods. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with information presented elsewhere in this Report, including our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions, or beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material. See the risk factors and other cautionary statements described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Report. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements except as otherwise required by applicable law. CORPORATE SUMMARY Red River Bancshares, Inc. is the bank holding company for Red River Bank, a Louisiana state-chartered bank established in 1999 that provides a fully integrated suite of banking products and services tailored to the needs of our commercial and retail customers. As of December 31, 2025, Red River Bank operated from a network of 28 banking centers throughout Louisiana and two combined LDPOs, one each in New Orleans, Louisiana and Lafayette, Louisiana. Banking centers are located in the following Louisiana markets: Central, which includes the Alexandria MSA; Northwest, which includes the Shreveport-Bossier City MSA; Capital, which includes the Baton Rouge MSA; Southwest, which includes the Lake Charles MSA; the Northshore, which includes the Slidell-Mandeville-Covington MSA; Acadiana, which includes the Lafayette MSA; and New Orleans, which includes the New Orleans-Metairie MSA. Our priority is to drive shareholder value through the establishment of a market-leading commercial banking franchise based in Louisiana. We provide our services through relationship-oriented bankers who are committed to their customers and the communities where we offer our products and services. Our strategy is to expand market share in existing markets and engage in opportunistic new market de novo expansion, supplemented by strategic acquisitions of financial institutions with customer-oriented, compatible philosophies located in desirable geographic areas. 2025 FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS In 2025, we had record-high net income and EPS, and an improved net interest margin, along with solid balance sheet growth. We also increased our cash dividend, had significant stock buyback activity, continued our organic expansion initiative, and improved our digital banking systems. • Net income for the year ended December 31, 2025, was $42.8 million, or $6.38 diluted EPS, an increase of $8.5 million, or 24.9%, compared to $34.2 million, or $4.95 diluted EPS, for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in net income was mainly due to higher net interest income. • The return on assets was 1.33% for 2025 and 1.11% for 2024. • The return on equity was 12.58% for 2025 and 11.02% for 2024. • Net interest income and net interest margin FTE increased for 2025 compared to 2024. Net interest income for 2025 was $105.6 million, which was $16.3 million, or 18.2%, higher than $89.3 million for the prior year. Net interest margin FTE increased 42 bps to 3.38% for 2025, compared to 2.96% for the prior year. These improvements were due to higher loans and securities yields, lower cost of deposits, and an improved earning asset mix. • As of December 31, 2025, loans HFI were $2.25 billion, which was $173.7 million, or 8.4%, higher than $2.08 billion as of December 31, 2024. In 2025, we had robust new loan and commitment activity, combined with funding of loan construction commitments. • As of December 31, 2025, assets were $3.35 billion, which was $201.3 million, or 6.4%, higher than $3.15 billion as of December 31, 2024, driven by a $158.3 million increase in deposits. • Deposits totaled $2.96 billion as of December 31, 2025, an increase of $158.3 million, or 5.6%, compared to $2.81 billion as of December 31, 2024. In 2025, there were increases in most deposit categories. • As of December 31, 2025, total securities were $773.0 million, which was $88.1 million, or 12.9%, higher than $684.9 million as of December 31, 2024. This increase was mainly due to utilizing securities cash flows, along with other liquid funds, to purchase $182.1 million of securities at favorable yields. • The provision for credit losses was $2.3 million for 2025, compared to $1.2 million for 2024, mainly due to loan growth. As of December 31, 2025, NPAs were $3.5 million, or 0.11% of assets, and the ACL was $23.4 million, or 1.04% of loans HFI. 38
Page 39
Table of Contents • We paid quarterly cash dividends per common share of $0.12 in the first and second quarters of 2025, and $0.15 in the third and fourth quarters of 2025, resulting in total 2025 cash dividends per common share of $0.54. This was a 50.0% increase from $0.36 per common share paid in 2024. In the first quarter of 2026, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per common share. • The 2025 stock repurchase program authorized us to purchase up to $5.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025. In 2025, we repurchased 11,748 shares of our common stock on the open market at an aggregate cost of $656,000, excluding excise tax. The 2025 stock repurchase program expired on December 31, 2025, with $4.3 million of available capacity. • During 2025, we completed two privately negotiated stock repurchases for an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock at a total purchase price of $10.4 million, excluding excise tax. These repurchases were supplemental to our 2025 stock repurchase program. • In 2025, we repurchased a total of 211,748 shares of our common stock, or 3.12% of our December 31, 2024 outstanding shares. For the year ended December 31, 2025, these repurchases benefited earnings per share by $0.10. • On December 18, 2025, our Board of Directors approved the renewal and increase of our stock repurchase program for 2026. The 2026 stock repurchase program authorizes us to purchase up to $10.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2026 through December 31, 2026. • In 2025 and early 2026, we also completed various projects and other events: ◦ In the first quarter of 2025, Red River Bank’s online, mobile banking, and bill payment systems were upgraded in order to improve our digital services for all customers. ◦ In the first quarter of 2025, S&P Global Market Intelligence ranked Red River Bank 14th of the top 50 best deposit franchises in 2024 for banks with assets between $3.0 and $10.0 billion. ◦ On March 14, 2025, our board of directors and executive management had the privilege of ringing the closing bell at the Nasdaq Market Site in New York to commemorate being a public company for six years. ◦ In the second quarter of 2025, we changed our credit card program provider to align with our debit card program provider. ◦ In the third quarter of 2025, we opened an LDPO in the Pinhook Tower building in Lafayette, Louisiana. ◦ In early January 2026, we held a ground-breaking ceremony for our second full-service banking center in the Acadiana market. The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods indicated. The historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, except for the selected ratios, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results may not be indicative of our future performance. As of December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data: Total assets $ 3,350,910 $ 3,149,594 $ 3,128,810 Interest-bearing deposits in other banks $ 187,707 $ 238,417 $ 252,364 Securities available-for-sale, at fair value $ 647,310 $ 550,148 $ 570,092 Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost $ 122,619 $ 131,796 $ 141,236 Loans held for investment $ 2,248,669 $ 2,075,013 $ 1,992,858 Total deposits $ 2,963,412 $ 2,805,106 $ 2,801,888 Total stockholders’ equity $ 365,150 $ 319,739 $ 303,851 39
Page 40
Table of Contents As of and for the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands, except per share data) 2025 2024 2023 Net Income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Per Common Share Data: Earnings per share, basic $ 6.40 $ 4.96 $ 4.87 Earnings per share, diluted $ 6.38 $ 4.95 $ 4.86 Book value per share $ 55.52 $ 47.18 $ 42.85 Tangible book value per share $ 55.29 $ 46.95 $ 42.63 Realized book value per share $ 62.11 $ 56.07 $ 51.38 Cash dividends per share $ 0.54 $ 0.36 $ 0.32 Shares outstanding 6,576,609 6,777,238 7,091,637 Weighted average shares outstanding, basic 6,677,053 6,898,286 7,164,314 Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted 6,705,177 6,918,060 7,181,728 Summary Performance Ratios: Return on average assets 1.33% 1.11% 1.15% Return on average equity 12.58% 11.02% 12.44% Net interest margin 3.33% 2.91% 2.87% Net interest margin FTE 3.38% 2.96% 2.91% Efficiency ratio 55.84% 60.29% 59.39% Loans HFI to deposits ratio 75.88% 73.97% 71.13% Noninterest-bearing deposits to deposits ratio 30.84% 30.89% 32.71% Noninterest income to average assets 0.62% 0.66% 0.70% Operating expense to average assets 2.19% 2.14% 2.11% Summary Credit Quality Ratios: NPAs to assets 0.11% 0.10% 0.08% Nonperforming loans to loans HFI 0.16% 0.16% 0.13% ACL to loans HFI 1.04% 1.05% 1.07% Net charge-offs to average loans 0.03% 0.03% 0.02% Capital Ratios: Stockholders’ equity to assets 10.90% 10.15% 9.71% Tangible common equity to tangible assets 10.86% 10.11% 9.67% Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets 18.03% 18.13% 18.28% Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets 17.02% 17.12% 17.24% Common equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets 17.02% 17.12% 17.24% Tier I risk-based capital to average assets 12.21% 11.86% 11.56% Non-GAAP financial measure. Calculations of this measure and reconciliations to GAAP are included in “- Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this Report. This measure has not been audited. We calculate tangible book value per share as total stockholders’ equity, less intangible assets, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. We calculate realized book value per share as total stockholders’ equity, less AOCI, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. Net interest margin FTE includes an FTE adjustment using a 21.0% federal income tax rate on tax-exempt securities and tax-exempt loans. Efficiency ratio represents operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. We calculate tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity, less intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and we calculate tangible assets as total assets, less intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. (1,2) (1,3) (4) (5) (1,6) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 40
Page 41
Table of Contents RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following is a discussion of results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. A discussion regarding our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, can be found in “Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2025. General Net income for the year ended December 31, 2025, was $42.8 million, or $6.38 diluted EPS, an increase of $8.5 million, or 24.9%, compared to $34.2 million, or $4.95 diluted EPS, for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in net income was mainly due to a $16.3 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in operating expenses, a $2.2 million increase in income tax expense, a $1.1 million increase in the provision for credit losses, and a $477,000 decrease in noninterest income. The return on assets for the year ended December 31, 2025, was 1.33%, compared to 1.11% for the prior year. The return on equity was 12.58% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 11.02% for the prior year. Our efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2025, was 55.84%, compared to 60.29% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Our operating results depend primarily on our net interest income. Fluctuations in market interest rates impact the yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in the amount and type of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact our net interest income. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor: (1) yields on loans and other interest- earning assets; (2) the cost of deposits and other funding sources; (3) net interest spread; and (4) net interest margin. Since noninterest- bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest-bearing funding sources. The Federal Reserve sets the target federal funds rate, which is the cost of immediately available overnight funds, and influences other market rates, such as the prime rate. These market rates impact pricing of certain assets and liabilities used by financial institutions. In 2024, the FOMC decreased the federal funds rate by 50 bps in each of the third and fourth quarters, resulting in a target federal funds range of 4.25%-4.50%. In 2025, the FOMC reduced the federal funds rate by 25 bps in the third quarter and an additional 50 bps in the fourth quarter, reducing the target federal funds range to 3.50%-3.75%. The average effective federal funds rate was 4.21% for 2025 compared to 5.14% for 2024. The net interest income and net interest margin FTE increased for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025, was $105.6 million, which was $16.3 million, or 18.2%, higher than the year ended December 31, 2024, and was driven by a $12.7 million increase in interest and dividend income and a $3.6 million decrease in interest expense. For 2025, loan income increased $11.1 million, primarily due to higher rates on new and renewed loans compared to the existing portfolio yield, combined with higher average loan balances. Securities income increased $4.2 million due to purchasing higher yielding securities, combined with higher average securities balances. Interest income on short-term liquid assets decreased $2.6 million, primarily due to the FOMC lowering the target federal funds range in 2025. For 2025, interest expense decreased $3.6 million due to lower rates on total interest-bearing deposits, slightly offset by higher interest-bearing deposit balances. Net interest margin FTE increased 42 bps to 3.38% for the year ended December 31, 2025, from 2.96% for the year ended December 31, 2024, with improvements in each quarter in 2025. These improvements were due to having higher yields on securities and loans, combined with a lower cost of deposits. These positive variances were partially offset by a 96 bp decrease to the yield on short-term liquid assets, due to the lower average federal funds rate for the year ended December 31, 2025. The yield on securities increased 47 bps due to purchasing $182.1 million of securities with an average rate of 4.91%. The yield on loans increased 28 bps due to higher rates on new and renewed loans compared to the existing portfolio yield. The average rate on new and renewed loans was 6.95% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 7.62% for the prior year. The cost of deposits decreased 18 bps to 1.56% for the year ended December 31, 2025, from 1.74% for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the same time periods, the rates on time deposits and interest-bearing transaction deposits decreased 54 and 15 bps, respectively. These decreases occurred as we adjusted rates on selected transaction and time deposits in response to the federal funds rate decreases by the FOMC in 2024 and 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the target federal funds range was 3.50%-3.75%. The market’s expectation is that the FOMC may lower the target federal funds range by 25-50 bps in 2026. Income on short-term liquid assets follows the target federal funds range, which we expect to decrease in 2026. In 2026, we project $261.4 million of fixed rate loans at 5.85% to mature and $434.0 million of floating rate loans at 6.24% to reprice. We expect to redeploy these balances into loans with slightly higher rates. We also expect to receive $125.3 million in securities cash flows at 3.69%, which we plan to redeploy into securities at higher yields. Rates on interest-bearing transaction deposits could be lowered with target 41
Page 42
Table of Contents federal funds range reductions. We expect $573.9 million in time deposits at 3.57% to mature in 2026, with the opportunity to reprice slightly lower. As of December 31, 2025, floating rate loans were 19.3% of loans HFI, and floating rate transaction deposits were 8.1% of interest- bearing transaction deposits. Depending on balance sheet activity and the interest rate environment, we expect net interest income and net interest margin FTE to increase slightly during the first half of 2026. The following table presents average balance sheet information, interest income, interest expense, and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years presented: For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) AverageBalanceOutstanding InterestIncome/Expense AverageYield/Rate AverageBalanceOutstanding InterestIncome/Expense AverageYield/Rate Assets Interest-earning assets: Loans $ 2,145,150 $ 120,047 5.52% $ 2,046,339 $ 108,969 5.24% Securities - taxable 586,645 17,392 2.96% 554,194 13,098 2.36% Securities - tax-exempt 186,379 3,909 2.10% 193,368 3,991 2.06% Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 195,507 8,445 4.26% 210,959 11,077 5.22% Nonmarketable equity securities 2,360 93 3.92% 2,273 95 4.19% Total interest-earning assets 3,116,041 $ 149,886 4.76% 3,007,133 $ 137,230 4.50% Allowance for credit losses (22,313) (21,646) Noninterest-earning assets 110,043 102,951 Total assets $ 3,203,771 $ 3,088,438 Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing transaction deposits $ 1,318,439 $ 22,403 1.70% $ 1,246,528 $ 23,082 1.85% Time deposits 601,214 21,926 3.65% 593,817 24,854 4.19% Total interest-bearing deposits 1,919,653 44,329 2.31% 1,840,345 47,936 2.60% Other borrowings — — —% — — —% Total interest-bearing liabilities 1,919,653 $ 44,329 2.31% 1,840,345 $ 47,936 2.60% Noninterest-bearing liabilities: Noninterest-bearing deposits 920,009 910,507 Accrued interest and other liabilities 24,271 26,884 Total noninterest-bearing liabilities 944,280 937,391 Stockholders’ equity 339,838 310,702 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 3,203,771 $ 3,088,438 Net interest income $ 105,557 $ 89,294 Net interest spread 2.45% 1.90% Net interest margin 3.33% 2.91% Net interest margin FTE 3.38% 2.96% Cost of deposits 1.56% 1.74% Cost of funds 1.42% 1.59% Includes average outstanding balances of loans HFS of $2.9 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Nonaccrual loans are included as loans carrying a zero yield. Net interest margin FTE includes an FTE adjustment using a 21.0% federal income tax rate on tax-exempt securities and tax-exempt loans. (1,2) (3) (1) (2) (3) 42
Page 43
Table of Contents Rate/Volume Analysis Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates. The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. For the Years Ended December 31,2025 vs 2024 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in Total Increase (in thousands) Volume Rate (Decrease) Interest-earning assets: Loans $ 5,265 $ 5,813 $ 11,078 Securities - taxable 767 3,527 4,294 Securities - tax-exempt (144) 62 (82) Interest-bearing deposits in other banks (821) (1,811) (2,632) Nonmarketable equity securities 4 (6) (2) Total interest-earning assets $ 5,071 $ 7,585 $ 12,656 Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing transaction deposits $ 1,332 $ (2,011) $ (679) Time deposits 310 (3,238) (2,928) Total interest-bearing deposits 1,642 (5,249) (3,607) Other borrowings — — — Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 1,642 $ (5,249)$ (3,607) Increase (decrease) in net interest income $ 3,429 $ 12,834 $ 16,263 The change in interest attributable to rate has been determined by applying the change in rate between periods to average balances outstanding in the earlier period. The change in interest due to volume has been determined by applying the rate from the earlier period to the change in average balances outstanding between periods. Changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate. Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses is the amount necessary to maintain the ACL and the reserve for unfunded commitments at a level considered appropriate by management. Factors impacting the provision include loan portfolio growth, changes in the quality and composition of the loan portfolio, the level of nonperforming loans, delinquency and charge-off trends, the level of unfunded commitments, and current economic conditions. The table below presents, for the periods indicated, the provision for credit losses: For the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Increase (Decrease) Provision for credit losses $ 2,300 $ 1,200 $ 1,100 91.7% The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025, was $2.3 million for loans, an increase of $1.1 million from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses for 2024 included $1.0 million for loans and $200,000 for unfunded commitments. In 2025, the higher provision was primarily driven by loan growth, lingering impacts related to inflation and tariffs, and greater uncertainty with future unemployment. We will continue to evaluate future provision needs in relation to current economic situations, loan growth, trends in asset quality, forecasted information, and other conditions influencing loss expectations. Noninterest Income Our primary sources of noninterest income are fees related to the sale of mortgage loans, service charges on deposit accounts, debit card fees, brokerage income from advisory services, and other loan and deposit fees. Noninterest income decreased $477,000 to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $20.4 million for the prior year. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to lower income from SBIC limited partnerships of which the Bank is a member, lower loan and deposit fee income, and lower net debit card income, partially offset by higher brokerage income, higher other income, and a gain on equity securities. (1) (1) 43
Page 44
Table of Contents The table below presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income: For the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Increase (Decrease) Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts $ 5,591 $ 5,674 $ (83) (1.5%) Debit card income, net 3,823 3,836 (13) (0.3%) Mortgage loan income 2,398 2,490 (92) (3.7%) Brokerage income 4,733 3,791 942 24.8% Loan and deposit income 1,724 2,034 (310) (15.2%) Bank-owned life insurance income 887 851 36 4.2% Gain (Loss) on equity securities 94 (28) 122 435.7% SBIC income (loss) 55 1,453 (1,398) (96.2%) Other income 659 340 319 93.8% Total noninterest income $ 19,964 $ 20,441 $ (477) (2.3%) SBIC income decreased $1.4 million to $55,000 for 2025, compared to 2024. This decrease was mainly due to fund value adjustments as an SBIC fund entered its wind-down phase in 2025. Loan and deposit income decreased $310,000 to $1.7 million for 2025, compared to 2024. Credit card income, net of expenses, is reported in loan and deposit income. In the second quarter of 2025, we changed our credit card program provider to align with our debit card program provider, which resulted in increased credit card expenses. Also, 2025 and 2024 benefited from $89,000 and $201,000 of nonrecurring loan-related fees, respectively. Debit card income, net, was $3.8 million for 2025 and 2024. 2025 included higher debit card activity and net revenue. 2024 benefited from $145,000 of nonrecurring income due to the termination of our prior debit card provider contract. Brokerage income increased $942,000 to $4.7 million for 2025, compared to 2024, due to increased investing activity by clients. Assets under management were $1.33 billion and $1.14 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Other income increased $319,000 to $659,000 for 2025, compared to 2024. We participate as a member in JAM FINTOP. During the third quarter of 2025, JAM FINTOP completed the sale of an investment, which led to distributions of capital and income. As a result, other income for 2025 included $379,000 of nonrecurring JAM FINTOP partnership income. Equity securities are an investment in a CRA mutual fund consisting primarily of bonds. The gain or loss on equity securities is a fair value adjustment primarily driven by changes in the interest rate environment. Due to the fluctuations in market rates, equity securities had a gain of $94,000 in 2025, compared to a loss of $28,000 in 2024. Operating Expenses Operating expenses are composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, obtaining and retaining customer relationships, and providing services. Operating expenses increased $3.9 million to $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $66.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in operating expenses was mainly due to higher personnel expenses, occupancy and equipment expenses, loan and deposit expenses, other operating expenses, technology expenses, and data processing expense, partially offset by lower legal and professional expenses. 44
Page 45
Table of Contents The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of operating expenses: For the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Increase (Decrease) Operating expenses: Personnel expenses $ 41,704 $ 38,623 $ 3,081 8.0% Non-staff expenses: Occupancy and equipment expenses 7,143 6,691 452 6.8% Technology expenses 3,378 3,182 196 6.2% Advertising 1,236 1,374 (138) (10.0%) Other business development expenses 2,127 2,076 51 2.5% Data processing expense 2,447 2,331 116 5.0% Other taxes 2,408 2,407 1 —% Loan and deposit expenses 1,131 895 236 26.4% Legal and professional expenses 2,399 2,657 (258) (9.7%) Regulatory assessment expenses 1,648 1,654 (6) (0.4%) Other operating expenses 4,474 4,264 210 4.9% Total operating expenses $ 70,095 $ 66,154 $ 3,941 6.0% Personnel expenses are the largest component of operating expenses and include payroll expenses, incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance, and payroll taxes. Personnel expenses increased $3.1 million to $41.7 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount, increased revenue-based commission compensation, annual raises, and higher personnel- related accruals. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had 375 and 369 total employees, respectively. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $452,000 to $7.1 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in maintenance expense, a full period of expenses related to our New Orleans market expansion in 2024, expenses related to our Acadiana market expansion in 2025, and nonrecurring expenses related to renovations of a banking center and to the main office building. 2024 had $111,000 of nonrecurring expenses related to our new banking center location and new administrative office, both in the New Orleans market, and other 2024 property renovations. Loan and deposit expenses increased $236,000 to $1.1 million for 2025, compared to 2024. In 2025, we received a $173,000 negotiated, variable rebate from a vendor, compared to a $262,000 similar rebate in 2024. Also, in 2025, there was an overall increase in both loan and deposit-related expenses. Other operating expenses increased $210,000 to $4.5 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This increase was mainly due to an increase in employee-related expenses. Technology expenses increased $196,000 to $3.4 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This increase was primarily due to continued software technology enhancements and upgrades, partially offset by lower technology communication expenses from a new vendor relationship. Data processing expense increased $116,000 to $2.4 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This increase was due to new expenses and $31,000 of nonrecurring implementation fees related to our first quarter 2025 online, mobile banking, and bill payment system upgrades. This increase was partially offset by the receipt of a $447,000 periodic refund from our data processing center in 2025, compared to a $284,000 similar refund in 2024. Legal and professional expenses decreased $258,000 to $2.4 million for 2025, compared to 2024. This decrease was mainly due to lower audit-related expenses. Income Tax Expense The amount of income tax expense is influenced by the amounts of our pre-tax income, tax-exempt income, and other nondeductible expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates in effect for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Our accrued tax rate is based on an annualized projection and changes considering our most recent financial results and balances. Our effective income tax rates have differed from the U.S. statutory rate due to the effect of tax-exempt income from loans, securities, life insurance policies, income tax effects associated with stock-based compensation, and permanent and temporary tax differences. 45
Page 46
Table of Contents The table below presents, for the periods indicated, income tax expense: For the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Increase (Decrease) Income tax expense $ 10,362 $ 8,146 $ 2,216 27.2% For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, income tax expense totaled $10.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The increase in income tax expense was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax income. Our effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, were 19.5% and 19.2%, respectively. FINANCIAL CONDITION As of December 31, 2025, assets were $3.35 billion, which was $201.3 million, or 6.4%, higher than $3.15 billion as of December 31, 2024. During 2025, loans HFI increased $173.7 million, or 8.4%, to $2.25 billion as of December 31, 2025. The increase in loans was the result of robust new loan and commitment activity, combined with the funding of loan construction commitments. Total securities increased $88.1 million, or 12.9%, to $773.0 million and were 23.1% of assets as of December 31, 2025. The increase in securities was mainly due to utilizing securities cash flows, along with other liquid funds, to purchase $182.1 million of securities at favorable yields. Deposits increased $158.3 million, or 5.6%, to $2.96 billion as of December 31, 2025, due to increases in most deposit categories. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $55.6 million, or 20.7%, to $213.4 million and were 6.4% of assets as of December 31, 2025. Cash and cash equivalents decreased due to loan and securities growth exceeding deposit growth. We had no outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. During 2025, stockholders’ equity increased $45.4 million to $365.2 million as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the loans HFI to deposits ratio was 75.88%, compared to 73.97% as of December 31, 2024, and the noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits ratio was 30.84%, compared to 30.89% as of December 31, 2024. Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks Interest-bearing deposits in other banks were the third-largest component of earning assets as of December 31, 2025. Liquidity that is not being deployed in loans or securities is placed in these accounts. As of December 31, 2025, interest-bearing deposits in other banks were $187.7 million and were 5.6% of assets, a decrease of $50.7 million, or 21.3%, compared to $238.4 million and 7.6% of assets as of December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to funding loan and securities growth, which exceeded deposit growth during 2025. Securities Our securities portfolio is the second-largest component of earning assets and provides a significant source of revenue. Securities are classified as AFS, HTM, and equity securities. As of December 31, 2025, our total securities portfolio was 23.1% of assets. It is designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, generate a favorable return on investments without incurring unnecessary interest rate and credit risk, and complement our lending activities. We may invest in various types of liquid assets that are permissible under governing regulations and approved by our investment policy, which include U.S. Treasury obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, certificates of deposit of insured domestic banks, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities, corporate notes having an investment rating of “A” or better, municipal bonds, and certain equity securities. Securities AFS and Securities HTM Securities AFS and securities HTM are debt securities. Total debt securities on the consolidated balance sheets were $769.9 million as of December 31, 2025, an increase of $88.0 million, or 12.9%, from $681.9 million as of December 31, 2024. Securities AFS are held for indefinite periods of time and are carried at estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2025, the estimated fair value of securities AFS was $647.3 million. The carrying values of our securities AFS are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and any unrealized gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of AOCI in stockholders’ equity. The net unrealized loss on securities AFS decreased $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a net unrealized loss of $43.2 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to a net unrealized loss of $63.2 million as of December 31, 2024. Securities HTM, which we have the intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2025, the amortized cost of securities HTM was $122.6 million. Securities HTM had an unrealized loss of $18.2 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to an unrealized loss of $22.8 million as of December 31, 2024. Investment activity for the year ended December 31, 2025, included $182.1 million of securities purchased, partially offset by $114.4 million in maturities, principal repayments, and calls. There were no sales of securities AFS, and there were no purchases or sales of securities HTM for the same period. Securities AFS purchased for the year ended December 31, 2025, consisted of $166.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and $16.0 million in U.S. agency securities. The mortgage-backed securities purchased had a yield of 4.92% 46
Page 47
Table of Contents and an average life of 4.50 years. The U.S. agency securities purchased had a yield of 4.88% and an average life of 4.64 years. The securities portfolio tax-equivalent yield was 2.89% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.43% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in yield for the year ended December 31, 2025, was primarily due to reinvesting lower yielding securities cash flows received during 2025, along with other liquid funds, into higher yielding securities. The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of their expected lives because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans with varying maturities. The term of the underlying mortgages and loans may vary significantly due to the ability of a borrower to prepay. Monthly pay downs on mortgage-backed securities may cause the average lives of the securities to be much different than the stated contractual maturity. During a period of rising interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are not likely to experience heavy prepayments of principal, and consequently, the average lives of these securities are typically lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated average lives of these securities. As of December 31, 2025, the average life of our securities portfolio was 6.1 years with an estimated effective duration of 4.2 years. As of December 31, 2024, the average life of our securities portfolio was 7.0 years with an estimated effective duration of 4.9 years. The following tables summarize the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our securities by type as of the dates indicated. As of December 31, 2025, other than securities issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises, our securities portfolio did not contain securities of any one issuer with an aggregate book value in excess of 10.0% of our stockholders’ equity. December 31, 2025 (in thousands) AmortizedCost GrossUnrealizedGains GrossUnrealizedLosses Fair Value Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 426,732 $ 1,846 $ (18,549)$ 410,029 Municipal bonds 196,607 4 (25,311) 171,300 U.S. agency securities 67,146 29 (1,194) 65,981 Total Securities AFS $ 690,485 $ 1,879 $ (45,054)$ 647,310 Securities HTM: Mortgage-backed securities $ 121,677 $ — $ (18,189)$ 103,488 U.S. agency securities 942 — (59) 883 Total Securities HTM $ 122,619 $ — $ (18,248)$ 104,371 December 31, 2024 (in thousands) AmortizedCost GrossUnrealizedGains GrossUnrealizedLosses Fair Value Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 334,123 $ 539 $ (27,562)$ 307,100 Municipal bonds 203,394 — (34,551) 168,843 U.S. Treasury securities 10,995 — (63) 10,932 U.S. agency securities 64,881 18 (1,626) 63,273 Total Securities AFS $ 613,393 $ 557 $ (63,802)$ 550,148 Securities HTM: Mortgage-backed securities $ 130,864 $ — $ (22,698)$ 108,166 U.S. agency securities 932 — (108) 824 Total Securities HTM $ 131,796 $ — $ (22,806)$ 108,990 47
Page 48
Table of Contents The following table shows the fair value of securities AFS that mature during each of the periods indicated. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date the last underlying mortgage matures. Yields are weighted-average tax equivalent yields that are calculated by dividing projected annual income by the average amortized cost of the applicable securities while using a 21.0% federal income tax rate, when applicable. Contractual Maturity as of December 31, 2025 WithinOne Year After One Yearbut WithinFive Years After Five Yearsbut WithinTen Years AfterTen Years Total (dollars in thousands) Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Securities AFS: Mortgage-backedsecurities $ 269 4.64% $ 10,276 3.61% $ 48,633 1.97% $ 350,851 3.76% $ 410,029 3.54% Municipal bonds 3,204 1.83% 11,466 2.27% 45,115 2.20% 111,515 2.11% 171,300 2.14% U.S. agency securities 963 4.53% 4,479 2.76% 40,414 4.43% 20,125 3.91% 65,981 4.15% Total Securities AFS $ 4,436 2.58% $ 26,221 2.87% $ 134,162 2.76% $ 482,491 3.34% $ 647,310 3.20% Tax equivalent projected book yield as of December 31, 2025. The following table shows the amortized cost of securities HTM that mature during each of the periods indicated. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date the last underlying mortgage matures. Yields are weighted-average tax equivalent yields that are calculated by dividing projected annual income by the average amortized cost of the applicable securities while using a 21.0% federal income tax rate, when applicable. Contractual Maturity as of December 31, 2025 WithinOne Year After One Yearbut WithinFive Years After Five Yearsbut WithinTen Years AfterTen Years Total (dollars in thousands) Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Securities HTM: Mortgage-backedsecurities $ — —% $ — —% $ — —% $ 121,677 2.45% $ 121,677 2.45% U.S. agency securities — —% — —% 942 2.61% — —% 942 2.61% Total Securities HTM $ — —% $ — —% $ 942 2.61% $ 121,677 2.45% $ 122,619 2.45% Equity Securities Equity securities are an investment in a CRA mutual fund, consisting primarily of bonds. We invest in the mutual fund as part of our strategy to meet our obligations described within the CRA, which encourages financial institutions to help meet the credit needs of their entire market area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking principles. Through this fund, mortgage- backed securities are purchased according to our allocations, with their underlying collateral located in our market areas, which strengthens our efforts to meet our CRA obligations. Equity securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with periodic changes in value recorded through the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2025, equity securities had a fair value of $3.0 million with a recognized gain of $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, equity securities had a fair value of $2.9 million with a recognized loss of $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024. Loan Portfolio Our loan portfolio is our largest category of earning assets, and interest income earned on our loan portfolio is our primary source of income. We maintain a diversified loan portfolio with a focus on CRE, one-to-four family residential, and commercial and industrial loans. As of December 31, 2025, loans HFI were $2.25 billion, an increase of $173.7 million, or 8.4%, compared to $2.08 billion as of December 31, 2024. In 2025, we had robust new loan and commitment activity, combined with funding of loan construction commitments. (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 48
Page 49
Table of Contents Loans by Category Loans HFI by category and loans HFS are summarized below as of the dates indicated: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Change fromDecember 31, 2024 toDecember 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent $ Change % Change Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 920,294 40.9% $ 884,641 42.6% $ 35,653 4.0% One-to-four family residential 628,762 28.0% 614,551 29.6% 14,211 2.3% Construction and development 221,214 9.8% 155,229 7.5% 65,985 42.5% Commercial and industrial 392,824 17.5% 327,086 15.8% 65,738 20.1% Tax-exempt 57,541 2.6% 64,930 3.1% (7,389) (11.4%) Consumer 28,034 1.2% 28,576 1.4% (542) (1.9%) Total loans HFI $ 2,248,669 100.0% $ 2,075,013 100.0% $ 173,656 8.4% Total loans HFS $ 3,148 $ 2,547 $ 601 23.6% Average loan HFI size, excludingcredit cards $ 274 $ 250 $ 24 9.6% Commercial Real Estate Loans. CRE loans are primarily made for commercial property that is owner occupied as well as commercial property owned by real estate investors. Real estate securing these loans includes many property types, such as retail centers, nursing homes, offices and office buildings, medical facilities, warehouses, churches and related facilities, production facilities, and multifamily properties. CRE loans increased $35.7 million, or 4.0%, to $920.3 million as of December 31, 2025, from $884.6 million as of December 31, 2024. The average CRE loan size was $1.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and $953,000 as of December 31, 2024. Non-owner occupied CRE loans were $458.6 million, or 20.4% of loans HFI, and represented 108.7% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital as of December 31, 2025. Non-owner occupied office loans were $54.3 million, or 2.4% of loans HFI, as of December 31, 2025, and are primarily centered in low-rise suburban areas. The owner occupied and non-owner occupied components of the CRE portfolio are summarized below: December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent ofLoans HFI Amount Percent ofLoans HFI Commercial real estate Owner occupied $ 461,733 20.5% $ 425,709 20.5% Non-owner occupied 458,561 20.4% 458,932 22.1% Total commercial real estate $ 920,294 40.9% $ 884,641 42.6% 49
Page 50
Table of Contents Industry concentrations, based on NAICS, within the CRE loan portfolio are presented below: December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent ofLoans HFI Amount Percent ofLoans HFI Owner Occupied Retail trade $ 46,540 2.1% $ 43,531 2.1% Health care 33,590 1.5% 34,411 1.6% Investor one-to-four family and multifamily 26,133 1.2% 13,805 0.7% Religious and other nonprofit 22,846 1.0% 25,351 1.2% Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting 21,302 0.9% 24,058 1.2% Repair and maintenance 15,200 0.7% 16,524 0.8% Hospitality services 12,696 0.6% 13,812 0.7% Professions, scientific, and technical services 11,843 0.5% 11,535 0.5% Transportation and warehousing 11,453 0.5% 11,371 0.5% Energy 9,952 0.4% 12,608 0.6% Arts, entertainment, and recreation 8,652 0.4% 9,685 0.5% All other 241,526 10.7% 209,018 10.1% Total owner occupied $ 461,733 20.5% $ 425,709 20.5% Non-Owner Occupied Health care $ 80,926 3.6% $ 73,374 3.5% Investor one-to-four family and multifamily 40,510 1.8% 43,519 2.1% Hospitality services 26,852 1.2% 31,273 1.5% Finance and insurance 9,285 0.4% 7,888 0.4% Construction 9,262 0.4% 7,276 0.4% Wholesale trade 7,094 0.3% 7,863 0.4% Energy 5,440 0.2% 5,792 0.3% Management of companies and enterprises 5,294 0.2% 4,187 0.2% Educational services 2,623 0.1% 3,384 0.1% Information 2,500 0.1% 2,448 0.1% Retail trade 1,141 0.1% 2,841 0.1% All other 267,634 12.0% 269,087 13.0% Total non-owner occupied $ 458,561 20.4% $ 458,932 22.1% Total commercial real estate $ 920,294 40.9% $ 884,641 42.6% One-to-Four Family Residential Loans. One-to-four family residential loans are predominantly first lien mortgage loans secured by owner occupied one-to-four family residential properties. One-to-four family residential loans increased $14.2 million, or 2.3%, to $628.8 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $614.6 million as of December 31, 2024. Construction and Development Loans. The construction and development portfolio includes loans to small and medium-sized businesses to construct owner occupied facilities, loans to developers of CRE investment properties and residential developments, and, to a lesser extent, loans to individual clients for construction of single-family homes. Construction and development loans increased $66.0 million, or 42.5%, to $221.2 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $155.2 million as of December 31, 2024. Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial and industrial loans are made for a variety of business purposes, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment, capital expansion, and working capital enhancement. Collateral typically includes a lien on general business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and available real estate. A personal guaranty is generally obtained from the borrower or principal. Commercial and industrial loans increased $65.7 million, or 20.1%, to $392.8 million as of December 31, 2025, from $327.1 million as of December 31, 2024. Tax-Exempt Loans. Tax-exempt loans are made to political subdivisions of the State of Louisiana including parishes, municipalities, utility districts, school districts, and development authorities. These loans are typically secured by and paid 50
Page 51
Table of Contents for by ad valorem taxes. Tax-exempt loans decreased $7.4 million, or 11.4%, to $57.5 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $64.9 million as of December 31, 2024. Consumer Loans. Consumer loans are made to individuals for personal, family, and household purposes and include secured and unsecured installment and term loans. Consumer loans are offered as an accommodation to existing customers and are not marketed to persons without a pre-existing relationship with us. Industry Concentrations Industry concentrations, based on NAICS, stated as a percentage of loans HFI are presented below: December 31, 2025 Health care 8.6% Investor one-to-four family and multifamily 5.5% Construction 4.6% Retail trade 2.8% Hospitality services 2.6% Finance and insurance 1.9% Public administration 1.6% Religious and other nonprofit 1.3% Energy 1.2% Manufacturing 0.6% All other 69.3% Total loans HFI by industry concentration 100.0% Health care loans are our largest industry concentration and are made up of a diversified portfolio of health care providers. As of December 31, 2025, health care loans were $194.3 million, or 8.6% of loans HFI, compared to $167.3 million, or 8.1% of loans HFI, as of December 31, 2024. The average health care loan size was $414,000 as of December 31, 2025, and $372,000 as of December 31, 2024. Within the health care sector, loans to nursing and residential care facilities were 4.6% of loans HFI as of December 31, 2025, and 4.4% as of December 31, 2024. Loans to physician and dental practices were 3.5% of loans HFI as of December 31, 2025, and 3.4% as of December 31, 2024. Geographic Markets As of December 31, 2025, the Bank operated in seven geographic markets throughout the state of Louisiana. The following table summarizes loans HFI by market of origin: December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent ofLoans HFI Central $ 625,731 27.8% Capital 591,400 26.3% Northwest 339,867 15.1% New Orleans 239,042 10.6% Southwest 176,190 7.9% Northshore 139,186 6.2% Acadiana 137,253 6.1% Total loans HFI $ 2,248,669 100.0% 51
Page 52
Table of Contents Loan Portfolio Maturity Analysis The maturity distribution for loans HFI are summarized below: December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Within OneYear After One Yearbut Within FiveYears After FiveYears butWithin 15 Years After 15 Years Total Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 126,174 $ 656,439 $ 136,540 $ 1,141 $ 920,294 One-to-four family residential 42,863 265,293 255,667 64,939 628,762 Construction and development 117,137 92,163 11,914 — 221,214 Commercial and industrial 157,494 201,101 30,951 3,278 392,824 Tax-exempt 1,932 12,060 34,889 8,660 57,541 Consumer 7,824 17,498 1,149 1,563 28,034 Total loans HFI $ 453,424 $ 1,244,554 $ 471,110 $ 79,581 $ 2,248,669 Fixed and Floating Rate Loans The dollar amount, as of December 31, 2025, of fixed and floating rate loans HFI that mature after December 31, 2026, are presented in the following table: December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Fixed Rate LoansFloating RateLoans Total Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 712,926 $ 81,194 $ 794,120 One-to-four family residential 567,624 18,275 585,899 Construction and development 57,049 47,028 104,077 Commercial and industrial 149,255 86,075 235,330 Tax-exempt 55,609 — 55,609 Consumer 18,084 2,126 20,210 Total $ 1,560,547 $ 234,698 $ 1,795,245 Nonperforming Assets NPAs consist of nonperforming loans and property acquired through foreclosures or repossession. Nonperforming loans include loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more and loans that are on nonaccrual status. Loans are considered past due when principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments are due. Asset quality is managed through disciplined underwriting policies, continual monitoring of loan performance, and focused management of NPAs. There can be no assurance, however, that the loan portfolio will not become subject to losses due to declines in economic conditions, deterioration in the financial condition of our borrowers, or a decline in the value of collateral. NPAs totaled $3.5 million as of December 31, 2025, an increase of $264,000, or 8.1%, from $3.3 million as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in nonaccrual loans. The ratio of NPAs to assets was 0.11% and 0.10% as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. 52
Page 53
Table of Contents Nonperforming loan and asset information is summarized below: December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Nonperforming loans: Nonaccrual loans $ 3,281 $ 2,968 Accruing loans 90 or more days past due 219 266 Total nonperforming loans 3,500 3,234 Foreclosed assets: Real estate 36 38 Total foreclosed assets 36 38 Total NPAs $ 3,536 $ 3,272 Nonaccrual loans to loans HFI 0.15% 0.14% Nonperforming loans to loans HFI 0.16% 0.16% NPAs to assets 0.11% 0.10% Nonaccrual loans are summarized below by category: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Real estate: Commercial real estate $ — $ 734 One-to-four family residential 2,017 686 Construction and development 1,189 920 Commercial and industrial 19 554 Tax-exempt — — Consumer 56 74 Total nonaccrual loans $ 3,281 $ 2,968 Potential Problem Loans From a credit risk standpoint, we classify loans in one of five categories: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss. Loan classifications reflect a judgment about the risk of default and loss associated with the loans. Classifications are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss believed to be inherent in each loan. The methodology is structured so that reserve allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss). Loans classified as pass are of satisfactory quality and do not require a more severe classification. Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If these weaknesses are not corrected, repayment possibilities for the loan may deteriorate. However, the loss potential does not warrant substandard classification. Loans classified as substandard have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize normal repayment of principal and interest. Prompt corrective action is required to reduce exposure and to assure adequate remedial actions are taken by the borrower. If these weaknesses do not improve, loss is possible. Loans classified as doubtful have well-defined weaknesses that make full collection improbable. Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and charged-off to the ACL. 53
Page 54
Table of Contents The following table summarizes loans HFI by risk rating: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Pass $ 2,232,362 99.3% $ 2,060,335 99.3% Special Mention 4,689 0.2% 8,330 0.4% Substandard 11,618 0.5% 6,348 0.3% Total loans HFI $ 2,248,669 100.0% $ 2,075,013 100.0% There were no loans classified as doubtful or loss as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Allowance for Credit Losses In determining the ACL for loans HFI, we estimate losses on a collective pool basis when similar risk characteristics and risk profiles exist. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics are evaluated individually and excluded from the collective evaluation. The ACL is determined using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. As of December 31, 2025, the ACL was $23.4 million, or 1.04% of loans HFI. As of December 31, 2024, the ACL was $21.7 million, or 1.05%, of loans HFI. The $1.7 million increase in the ACL for the year ended December 31, 2025, was due to $2.3 million from the provision for credit losses on loans, partially offset by $632,000 of net charge-offs. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025, was $2.3 million for loans, an increase of $1.1 million from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses for 2024 included $1.0 million for loans and $200,000 for unfunded commitments. In 2025, the higher provision was primarily driven by loan growth, lingering impacts related to inflation and tariffs, and greater uncertainty with future unemployment. We will continue to evaluate future provision needs in relation to current economic situations, loan growth, trends in asset quality, forecasted information, and other conditions influencing loss expectations. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2025, were $632,000, an increase of $27,000 from $605,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans HFI was 0.03% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. 54
Page 55
Table of Contents The following table displays activity in the ACL for December 31, 2025 and 2024: As of and for the Years EndedDecember 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Loans HFI $ 2,248,669 $ 2,075,013 Nonaccrual loans $ 3,281 $ 2,968 Average loans $ 2,145,150 $ 2,046,339 Allowance at beginning of period $ 21,731 $ 21,336 Provision for credit losses 2,300 1,000 Charge-offs: Real estate: Commercial real estate (20) — One-to-four family residential (30) (1) Construction and development (250) — Commercial and industrial (131) (380) Consumer (340) (422) Total charge-offs (771) (803) Recoveries: Real estate: One-to-four family residential 17 10 Commercial and industrial 20 63 Consumer 102 125 Total recoveries 139 198 Net (charge-offs)/recoveries (632) (605) Allowance at end of period $ 23,399 $ 21,731 ACL to loans HFI 1.04% 1.05% ACL to nonaccrual loans 713.17% 732.18% Net charge-offs to average loans 0.03% 0.03% The $1.2 million provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2024, includes $1.0 million for loans and $200,000 for unfunded loan commitments. We believe that we have established our ACL in accordance with GAAP and that the ACL was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above. Future provisions for credit losses on loans are subject to ongoing evaluations of the factors and loan portfolio risks, including economic pressures related to inflation, unemployment, tariffs and trade, and natural disasters affecting the state of Louisiana. A decline in market area economic conditions, deterioration of asset quality, or growth in portfolio size could cause the allowance to become inadequate, and material additional provisions for credit losses could be required. (1) (1) 55
Page 56
Table of Contents The following table displays the allocation of the ACL among the loan classifications as of the dates indicated. The allocations shown below should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in the future will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions. The total ACL is available to absorb losses from any loan classification. December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 9,359 40.0% $ 9,047 41.6% One-to-four family residential 6,962 29.8% 6,452 29.7% Construction and development 1,751 7.4% 1,653 7.6% Commercial and industrial 4,939 21.1% 4,123 19.0% Tax-exempt 91 0.4% 103 0.5% Consumer 297 1.3% 353 1.6% Total allowance for credit losses $ 23,399 100.0% $ 21,731 100.0% The following table displays the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans HFI outstanding by category for the periods shown: For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Real estate: Commercial real estate —% —% One-to-four family residential —% —% Construction and development 0.01% —% Commercial and industrial 0.01% 0.02% Tax-exempt —% —% Consumer 0.01% 0.01% Total net charge-offs to average loans HFI 0.03% 0.03% Deposits Deposits are the primary funding source for loans and investments. We offer a variety of deposit products designed to attract and retain consumer, commercial, and public entity customers. These products consist of noninterest and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, and time deposit accounts. Deposits are gathered from individuals, partnerships, corporations, and public entities located primarily in our market areas. We do not have any internet-sourced or brokered deposits. Total deposits increased $158.3 million, or 5.6%, to $2.96 billion as of December 31, 2025, from $2.81 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily a result of higher customer deposit balances combined with the timing of funds from public entity customers. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $47.4 million, or 5.5%, to $913.9 million as of December 31, 2025. Noninterest-bearing deposits as a percentage of total deposits were 30.84% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 30.89% as of December 31, 2024. Interest-bearing deposits increased $110.9 million, or 5.7%, during 2025 to $2.05 billion as of December 31, 2025, with the largest increase in interest- bearing demand deposits. The Bank has a granular, diverse deposit portfolio with customers in a variety of industries throughout Louisiana. The average deposit account size was approximately $29,000 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $28,000 as of December 31, 2024. 56
Page 57
Table of Contents The following table presents our deposits by account type as of the dates indicated: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Change fromDecember 31, 2024 toDecember 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Balance % of Total Balance % of Total $ Change % Change Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$ 913,868 30.8% $ 866,496 30.9% $ 47,372 5.5% Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing demand deposits198,724 6.7% 154,720 5.5% 44,004 28.4% NOW accounts 490,376 16.5% 467,118 16.7% 23,258 5.0% Money market accounts 580,949 19.6% 556,769 19.8% 24,180 4.3% Savings accounts 168,889 5.7% 169,894 6.1% (1,005) (0.6%) Time deposits less than or equal to$250,000 407,539 13.8% 403,096 14.3% 4,443 1.1% Time deposits greater than $250,000203,067 6.9% 187,013 6.7% 16,054 8.6% Total interest-bearing deposits$ 2,049,544 69.2% $ 1,938,610 69.1% 110,934 5.7% Total deposits $ 2,963,412 100.0% $ 2,805,106 100.0% $ 158,306 5.6% The following table presents deposits by customer type as of the dates indicated: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Change fromDecember 31, 2024 toDecember 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands) Balance % of Total Balance % of Total Balance % of Total Consumer $ 1,397,775 47.2% $ 1,362,740 48.6% $ 35,035 2.6% Commercial 1,270,069 42.8% 1,178,488 42.0% 91,581 7.8% Public 295,568 10.0% 263,878 9.4% 31,690 12.0% Total deposits $ 2,963,412 100.0% $ 2,805,106 100.0% $ 158,306 5.6% We manage our interest expense on deposits through a deposit pricing strategy that is based on competitive pricing, economic conditions, and current or anticipated funding needs. We adjust deposit rates in part based upon our anticipated funding needs and liquidity position. We also consider the potential interest rate risk caused by extended maturities of time deposits when adjusting deposit rates. Our average deposit balance was $2.84 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, an increase of $88.8 million, or 3.2%, from $2.75 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. For 2025, average public entity deposits were 8.4% of average total deposits. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits and total deposits for 2025 was 2.31% and 1.56%, respectively, compared to 2.60% and 1.74% for 2024, respectively. The decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits and total deposits in 2025 as compared to 2024 was due to reducing rates on selected interest-bearing deposit accounts in conjunction with target federal funds range reductions. Also, as of December 31, 2025, 8.1% of interest-bearing transaction deposits had floating rates, which adjust with market rates. The following table presents our average deposits by account type and the average rate paid for the periods indicated: For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) Average Balance Average Rate Average Balance AverageRate Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 920,009 0.00% $ 910,507 0.00% Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing demand deposits 148,961 3.05% 126,055 4.05% NOW accounts 433,287 1.31% 399,966 1.32% Money market accounts 566,629 2.10% 549,711 2.27% Savings accounts 169,562 0.15% 170,796 0.15% Time deposits 601,214 3.65% 593,817 4.19% Total interest-bearing deposits $ 1,919,653 2.31% $ 1,840,345 2.60% Total average deposits $ 2,839,662 1.56% $ 2,750,852 1.74% 57
Page 58
Table of Contents As of December 31, 2025, our estimated uninsured deposits, which are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000), were approximately $955.9 million, or 32.3% of total deposits, compared to $879.8 million, or 31.4% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2024. These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes. Also, as of December 31, 2025, our estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized public entity deposits, were approximately $722.0 million, or 24.4% of total deposits, compared to $667.6 million, or 23.8% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, our cash and cash equivalents of $213.4 million, combined with our available borrowing capacity of $1.66 billion, equaled 195.7% of our estimated uninsured deposits and 259.1% of our estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized public entity deposits. The following table presents the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity for the period indicated: (in thousands) December 31, 2025 Three months or less $ 36,758 Over three months through six months 25,648 Over six months through 12 months 37,911 Over 12 months 3,500 Total $ 103,817 Borrowings Although deposits are our primary source of funds, we may, from time to time, utilize borrowings as a cost-effective source of funds when such borrowings can then be invested at a positive interest rate spread for additional capacity to fund loan demand or to meet our liquidity needs. We had no outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances. We utilize the FHLB of Dallas as needed as a funding source. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, availability under our FHLB of Dallas line was $1.03 billion and $1.04 billion, respectively. This line is secured by a blanket lien on selected Red River Bank loans that meet FHLB of Dallas collateral requirements. At various times, we may obtain letters of credit from the FHLB of Dallas as collateral for our public entity deposits. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held unfunded letters of credit from the FHLB of Dallas in the amount of $119.5 million and $104.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had net borrowing capacity of $906.6 million and $931.6 million, respectively, under this arrangement. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had no outstanding borrowings under these agreements. Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window. In 2023, we pledged securities to have borrowing access to the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window facility. In addition, effective March 2024, the Bank was approved for the BIC program, which provides borrowing capacity through the pledging of eligible Red River Bank loans that are not pledged to the FHLB. As of December 31, 2025, we had a total borrowing capacity of $125.5 million through the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window, including $85.1 million through the BIC program, compared to a total borrowing capacity of $157.8 million, including $118.7 million through the BIC program as of December 31, 2024. Other Borrowings. We may also utilize federal funds lines from various correspondent financial institutions as a source of short-term funding. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had $100.0 million and $95.0 million, respectively, in federal funds lines available from these funding sources. We had no outstanding balances from these sources as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Stockholders’ Equity Total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2025, was $365.2 million, compared to $319.7 million as of December 31, 2024. The $45.4 million, or 14.2%, increase in stockholders’ equity was attributable to $42.8 million of net income for the year ended December 31, 2025, a $16.9 million, net of tax, market adjustment to AOCI related to securities, and $495,000 of stock compensation, partially offset by the repurchase of 211,748 shares of common stock for $11.2 million, including excise tax, and $3.6 million in cash dividends. In 2022, we reclassified $166.3 million, net of $17.9 million of unrealized loss, from securities AFS to securities HTM. The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities HTM. At the date of transfer, the net unrealized loss of $17.9 million, of which $14.2 million, net of tax, was included in AOCI and is being amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment, in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security. There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer. As of December 31, 2025, the net unamortized, unrealized loss remaining on the transferred securities included in the consolidated balance sheets totaled $11.7 million, of which $9.2 million, net of tax, was included in AOCI. On December 19, 2024, our board of directors approved the renewal of the 2024 stock repurchase program that expired on December 31, 2024. The 2025 stock repurchase program authorized us to purchase up to $5.0 million of our 58
Page 59
Table of Contents outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025. Repurchases were made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, and in privately negotiated transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 11,748 shares of our common stock on the open market at an aggregate cost of $656,000, excluding excise tax, under the stock repurchase program. The 2025 stock repurchase program expired on December 31, 2025, with $4.3 million of remaining availability. On May 22, 2025, we entered into a privately negotiated stock repurchase agreement for the purchase of 100,000 shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $5.1 million, excluding excise tax. This repurchase was supplemental to our 2025 stock repurchase program and did not impact the amount of permitted repurchases thereunder. On August 7, 2025, we entered into a privately negotiated stock repurchase agreement for the purchase of 100,000 shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $5.3 million, excluding excise tax. This repurchase was supplemental to our 2025 stock repurchase program and did not impact the amount of permitted repurchases thereunder. Effective January 1, 2023, stock repurchases are subject to a nondeductible excise tax under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 equal to 1.0% of the fair market value of the shares repurchased, subject to certain limitations. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded $111,000 of stock repurchase excise tax. On December 18, 2025, our board of directors approved the renewal and increase of the 2025 stock repurchase program that expired on December 31, 2025. The renewed and increased 2026 stock repurchase program authorizes us to purchase up to $10.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2026 through December 31, 2026. Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, or in privately negotiated transactions. Regulatory Capital Requirements Capital management consists of maintaining equity and other instruments that qualify as regulatory capital to support current and future operations. Banking regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, bank holding companies and FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. As we deploy our capital and continue to grow our operations, our capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. However, we expect to monitor and control our growth in order to remain in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us. For additional information on regulatory capital guidelines and limits for the Bank and the Company, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 15. Regulatory Capital Requirements.” LIQUIDITY AND ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT Liquidity As of December 31, 2025, we had sufficient liquid assets available and $1.66 billion accessible from other liquidity sources. Liquidity involves our ability to raise funds to support asset growth and potential acquisitions, reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, maintain reserve requirements, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, liquidity needs were primarily met by core deposits, security and loan maturities, and cash flows from amortizing security and loan portfolios. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable sources of funds, deposit outflows, mortgage prepayments, and prepayments on amortizing securities are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions, and the competitive environment in which we operate; therefore, these cash flows are monitored regularly. Liquidity levels are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period. Access to purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances from the FHLB of Dallas and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta are also available. Purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances can be utilized to meet funding obligations. Our primary source of funds is deposits, and our primary use of funds is the funding of loans. We invest excess deposits in interest-earning deposit accounts at other banks or at the Federal Reserve, federal funds sold, securities, or other short-term liquid investments until the deposits are needed to fund loan growth or other obligations. Our average deposits increased $88.8 million, or 3.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in average total deposits was primarily a result of higher balances in customer deposit accounts and the timing of funds from public entity customers. Our average total loans increased $98.8 million, or 4.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to average total loans for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in average total loans was primarily due to the increase in real estate and commercial and industrial activity. 59
Page 60
Table of Contents As of December 31, 2025, liquid assets were $213.4 million, compared to $269.0 million as of December 31, 2024. The decrease of $55.6 million, or 20.7%, was due to the funding of loan and securities growth, which exceeded deposit growth for the year. The liquid assets to assets ratio was 6.37% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 8.54% as of December 31, 2024. Our securities portfolio is an alternative source for meeting liquidity needs and was our second-largest component of assets as of December 31, 2025. The securities portfolio generates cash flow through principal repayments, calls, and maturities, and certain securities can be sold or used as collateral in borrowings that allow for their conversion to cash. Securities AFS can generally be sold, while securities HTM have significant restrictions related to sales. As of December 31, 2025, we project receipt of approximately $125.3 million of principal repayments and maturities through December 31, 2026. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $525.0 million, or 69.6%, of the fair value of the securities portfolio was available to be sold or used as collateral in borrowings as a liquidity source. We also utilize the FHLB of Dallas as needed as a viable funding source. FHLB of Dallas advances may be used to meet the Bank’s liquidity needs, particularly if the prevailing interest rate on an FHLB of Dallas advance compares favorably to the rates that would be required to attract the necessary deposits. We currently are classified as having “blanket lien collateral status,” which means that advances can be executed at any time without further collateral requirements. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, our net borrowing capacity from the FHLB of Dallas was $906.6 million and $931.6 million, respectively. There were no outstanding borrowings from the FHLB as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Another borrowing source is the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window. The Bank has pledged securities to have borrowing access to the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window facility. In addition, the Bank was approved for the BIC program, which provides borrowing capacity through the pledging of eligible Red River Bank loans that are not pledged to the FHLB. As of December 31, 2025, we had a total borrowing capacity of $125.5 million through the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window, including $85.1 million through the BIC program, compared to a total borrowing capacity of $157.8 million, including $118.7 million through the BIC program as of December 31, 2024. There were no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Other sources available for meeting liquidity needs include federal funds lines, repurchase agreements, and other lines of credit. We maintain four federal funds lines of credit with commercial banks that provided for the availability to borrow up to an aggregate of $100.0 million and $95.0 million in federal funds as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The rates for the federal funds lines are determined by the applicable commercial bank at the time of borrowing. We had no outstanding balances from these sources as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Off-Balance Sheet Items In the normal course of business, we enter into certain financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of our customers. These commitments involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk. Some instruments may not be reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose us to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans. We may also enter into contractual obligations. For more information about our commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 3. Loans and Asset Quality - Commitments to Extend Credit.” For more information about our financial commitments with time deposits and other off-balance sheet commitments, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 5. Deposits” and “- Note 12. Off-Balance Sheet Contractual Obligations and Contingencies,” respectively. Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Our asset-liability management policies provide management with guidelines for effective funds management, and we have established a measurement system for monitoring our net interest rate sensitivity position. We have historically managed our rate sensitivity position within our established policy guidelines. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those that have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. We manage exposure to interest rates by structuring the balance sheet appropriately during the ordinary course of business. We have the ability to enter into interest rate swaps to mitigate interest rate risk in limited circumstances, but it is not our policy to enter into such transactions on a regular basis. We do not enter into instruments such as financial options, financial futures contracts, or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. We are not subject to foreign exchange risk, and our commodity price risk is immaterial, as the percentage of our agricultural loans to loans HFI was only 0.39% as of December 31, 2025. 60
Page 61
Table of Contents Our exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Management Committee. The committee formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk and monitors the results of those strategies. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the committee considers the impact on both earnings and capital given the current outlook on interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies, and other related factors. The committee meets quarterly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and economic values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans, and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the committee reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits, and consumer and commercial deposit activity. We employ methodologies to manage interest rate risk, which include an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as an interest rate simulation model and shock analysis. In conjunction with our interest rate risk management process, on a quarterly basis, we run various simulations within a static balance sheet. This model tests the impact on net interest income and fair value of equity from changes in market interest rates under various scenarios. We use parallel rate shock scenarios that assume instantaneous parallel movements in the yield curve compared to a flat yield curve scenario. We also deploy a ramped rate scenario over a 12-month and 24-month horizon based upon parallel yield curve shifts. Our nonparallel rate shock model simulation involves analysis of interest income and expense under various changes in the shape of the yield curve. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans are incorporated into the model, as are prepayment assumptions and maturity data and call options within the securities portfolio. The average life of non-maturity deposit accounts are based on assumptions developed from non-maturity deposit decay studies, which calculate average lives using historic closure rates. Bank policy regarding interest rate risk simulations performed by our risk model currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated net interest income at risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than 10.0% for a 100 bp shift, 15.0% for a 200 bp shift, and 20.0% for a 300 bp shift. In accordance with Bank policy regarding economic value at risk simulations performed by our risk model for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated fair value of equity for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than 10.0% for a 100 bp shift, 20.0% for a 200 bp shift, and 30.0% for a 300 bp shift. The following table shows the impact of an instantaneous and parallel change in rates, at the levels indicated, and summarizes the simulated change in net interest income and fair value of equity over a 12-month horizon as of the dates indicated. December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 % Change in Net Interest Income % Change in Fair Value of Equity % Change inNet InterestIncome % Change inFair Valueof Equity Change in Interest Rates (bps) +300 5.3% 1.0% 4.7% (0.4%) +200 3.7% 1.5% 3.2% 0.3% +100 2.0% 1.4% 1.6% 0.6% Base —% —% —% —% -100 (2.3%) (2.1%) (1.5%) (0.2%) -200 (5.1%) (7.5%) (4.4%) (4.1%) -300 (8.1%) (16.0%) (7.2%) (11.1%) The results above, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, demonstrate that our balance sheet is asset sensitive, which means our assets have the opportunity to reprice at a faster pace than our liabilities, over the 12-month horizon. Our repricing opportunity is captured in a gap analysis, which is the process by which we measure the repricing gap between interest rate-sensitive assets versus interest rate-sensitive liabilities. As of December 31, 2025, the reported percentage of changes in net interest income and fair value of equity remained within the policy thresholds. These values are reported at each quarterly Asset-Liability Management Committee meeting. The net interest income at risk and the fair value of equity will continue to be monitored, and appropriate mitigating action will be taken if needed. The impact of our floating rate loans and floating rate transaction deposits are also reflected in the results shown in the above table. As of December 31, 2025, floating rate loans were 19.3% of loans HFI, and floating rate transaction deposits were 8.1% of interest-bearing transaction deposits. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain, and as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes, as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies and the slope of the yield curve. 61
Page 62
Table of Contents Impact of Inflation Our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession. Changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a much greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or by the same level as the inflation rate. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is our ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. In addition, inflation could also increase our operating costs related to our products and services. NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. Certain financial measures used by management to evaluate our operating performance are discussed in this Report as supplemental non-GAAP performance measures. In accordance with the SEC’s rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the U.S. Management and the board of directors review tangible book value per share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and realized book value per share as part of managing operating performance. However, these non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this Report should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that are discussed in this Report may differ from that of other companies’ reporting measures with similar names. It is important to understand how such other banking organizations calculate and name their financial measures similar to the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this Report when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures. Tangible Book Value Per Share. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP measure commonly used by investors, financial analysts, and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. We calculate tangible book value per share as total stockholders’ equity, less intangible assets, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. Intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing tangible book value. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible book value per share is book value per share. As a result of previous acquisitions, we have a small amount of intangible assets. As of December 31, 2025, total intangible assets were $1.5 million, which is less than 1.0% of total assets. Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by investors, financial analysts, and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period of tangible common equity to tangible assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets. We calculate tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less intangible assets, and we calculate tangible assets as total assets less intangible assets. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity to tangible assets is total common stockholders’ equity to total assets. Realized Book Value Per Share. Realized book value per share is a non-GAAP measure that we use to evaluate our operating performance. We believe that this measure is important because it allows us to monitor changes from period to period in book value per share exclusive of changes in AOCI. Our AOCI is impacted primarily by the unrealized gains and losses on securities AFS. These unrealized gains or losses on securities AFS are driven by market factors and may also be temporary and vary greatly from period to period. Due to the possibly temporary and greatly variable nature of these changes, we find it useful to monitor realized book value per share. We calculate realized book value per share as total stockholders’ equity less AOCI, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. AOCI has the effect of increasing or decreasing total book value while not increasing or decreasing realized book value. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for realized book value per share is book value per share. 62
Page 63
Table of Contents The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity, stockholders’ equity to realized common equity, and assets to tangible assets, and presents related resulting ratios: December 31, (dollars in thousands, except per share data) 2025 2024 2023 Tangible common equity Total stockholders’ equity $ 365,150 $ 319,739 $ 303,851 Adjustments: Intangible assets (1,546) (1,546) (1,546) Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 363,604 $ 318,193 $ 302,305 Realized common equity Total stockholders’ equity $ 365,150 $ 319,739 $ 303,851 Adjustments: Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss 43,341 60,247 60,494 Total realized common equity (non-GAAP) $ 408,491 $ 379,986 $ 364,345 Common shares outstanding 6,576,609 6,777,238 7,091,637 Book value per share $ 55.52 $ 47.18 $ 42.85 Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 55.29 $ 46.95 $ 42.63 Realized book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 62.11 $ 56.07 $ 51.38 Tangible assets Total assets $ 3,350,910 $ 3,149,594 $ 3,128,810 Adjustments: Intangible assets (1,546) (1,546) (1,546) Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 3,349,364 $ 3,148,048 $ 3,127,264 Total stockholders’ equity to assets 10.90% 10.15% 9.71% Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) 10.86% 10.11% 9.67% CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under current circumstances. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Use of alternative assumptions may have resulted in significantly different estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The following discussion presents an overview of our accounting policies that require difficult, subjective, or complex judgments and assumptions that are inherent in our policies and estimates and the potential sensitivity of the financial statements. Due to the complexity of these judgments and assumptions, an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations is critical. We believe that the judgments, estimates, and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are appropriate. Refer to “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies” for details on the significant accounting principles and practices we follow. Allowance for Credit Losses The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans HFI to present management’s best estimate of the expected credit losses to be recognized over the lifetime of the loans. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This reasonable and supportable forecast period is currently one year and incorporates the Company’s and its peer’s historical losses. After the forecast period, the Company reverts to an average historical loss rate over a two-year period. The determination of the amount of allowance involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. The ACL is available to absorb losses on loans HFI. The process and methodology employed to establish an ACL consist of two components: (1) a component involving individual loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with other loans and the measurement of expected credit losses for such individual loans and (2) a pooled component for estimated expected credit losses for pools of loans that share similar risk characteristics. 63
Page 64
Table of Contents Management establishes an allowance for individual loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with other loans based on the amount of expected credit losses calculated on those individual loans and any amounts determined to be uncollectible. Factors considered in measuring the extent of expected credit losses include payment status, collateral value, borrower financial condition, guarantor support, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. For loans evaluated on an individual bases that are collateral dependent, the specific allowance is estimated by calculating the difference between the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs and the Bank’s exposure. If the loan is not collateral dependent, the discounted cash flow methodology is used. In estimating an allowance for loans that share similar risk characteristics, loans are segmented into pools based on regulatory call report codes that are considered to share similar risk characteristics or areas of risk concentration. Expected credit losses are estimated using the cohort loss rate and remaining life loss rate methodologies. The cohort loss rate methodology tracks a closed pool of loans over their remaining lives to determine their loss behavior. Once the losses have been tracked, the results are averaged together to determine the average remaining life loss rate to be applied to the current loans in the cohort and are adjusted for reasonable and supportable forecast periods, which is not to exceed a two-year period. Additionally, a lookback period and delay period are established for each pool, which affects the average remaining life loss rate. The lookback period defines how many quarterly cohort periods will be averaged together to form the average remaining life loss rate and varies by pool in order to capture the performance of cohorts under a variety of different conditions, both internal and external. The delay period defines the most recent cohort that will be used in the historical average and varies by pool due to the differing terms and remaining lives that may exist in different pools. The remaining life loss rate methodology takes the calculated loss rate and applies that rate to a pool of loans on a periodic basis based on the remaining life expectation of that pool and is further adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecast periods. Additionally, for loans that share similar risk characteristics, the ACL considers qualitative factors for each loan pool to adjust for differences between the historical period and expected conditions over the remaining lives of the loans in the portfolio related to: • Lending policies and procedures; • International, national, regional, and local economic business conditions; • The nature of the loan portfolio, including the volume of the portfolio and terms of the loans; • The experience, depth, and ability of our lending management; • The volume and severity of past due loans and other similar conditions; • The quality of the loan review and process; • The value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans; • The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and • The effect of other external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements, on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio. These qualitative factors serve to compensate for additional areas of uncertainty inherent in the portfolio that are not reflected in the historical loss experience for these expectations. Management considers the appropriateness of these qualitative assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies - Accounting Standards Adopted in 2025” and “- Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk The information required for this item is included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Asset-Liability Management - Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk” and is incorporated herein by reference. 64
Page 65
Table of Contents Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Red River Bancshares, Inc. Opinion on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Red River Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting An entity’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the entity; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 65
Page 66
Table of Contents Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the Audit Committee and that: (i) related to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for Credit Losses The Company’s loans held for investment portfolio totaled $2.25 billion as of December 31, 2025, and the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans held for investment was $23.4 million. The Company’s unfunded loan commitments totaled $560.2 million as of December 31, 2025, and the reserve for unfunded commitments was $642,000. These amounts are included in the ACL and reserve for unfunded commitments. As more fully described in Notes 1 and 3 to the Company’s financial statements, the Company estimates its exposure to expected credit losses as of the balance sheet date, for existing financial instruments held at amortized cost, and off-balance sheet exposures, such as unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and other financial guarantees that are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The Company measures expected credit losses of financial assets on a collective (pool) basis when the financial assets share similar risk characteristics. We identified the valuation of the ACL as a critical audit matter, as the determination of the ACL requires management to exercise significant judgment and could have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. Management must consider numerous subjective factors, including determining qualitative factors used to adjust the calculated allowance for credit losses, loan credit risk grading and identifying loans requiring individual evaluation among others. As disclosed by management, different assumptions and conditions could result in a materially different amount for the estimate of the ACL. As such, there is a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity, and significant audit effort was required in performing procedures in auditing the ACL. Addressing the critical audit matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: • Obtained an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the ACL, including determination of the qualitative factors and reserve assumptions for loans evaluated on an individual basis, and evaluated the process utilized by management to challenge the model results and determine the best estimate of the ACL as of the balance sheet date; • Evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls associated with the ACL process, including: ◦ reliability and accuracy of data used in the model, ◦ management’s review and approval of the selected qualitative factors, ◦ classifications of loans by loan segment, ◦ identification of problem loans, ◦ risk rating grades assigned to loans, and ◦ management’s review and approval of the ACL; • Evaluated the appropriateness of the models and methodologies used in quantitative calculations; • Tested the completeness and accuracy of data used in the estimate; • Performed analysis of prepayment speeds used to calculate the weighted average remaining maturity; • Evaluated if qualitative factors were applied based on a comprehensive framework and compared to the adjustments utilized by management to both internal portfolio metrics and external macroeconomic data (as applicable) to support adjustments and evaluate trends in such adjustments; • Verified historical net loss; • Performed loan reviews in order to evaluate the accuracy of loan credit ratings and reasonableness of specific reserves on individually evaluated loans; and • Evaluated the disclosures in the financial statements. /s/ EISNERAMPER LLP We have served as the Company’s auditors since 2023 (Note: Partners of Postlethwaite & Netterville, APAC joined EisnerAmper LLP in 2023. Postlethwaite & Netterville, APAC had served as the Company’s auditor since 1998). Metairie, Louisiana March 13, 2026 66
Page 67
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share amounts) December 31, 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash and due from banks $ 25,685 $ 30,558 Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 187,707 238,417 Total Cash and Cash Equivalents 213,392 268,975 Securities available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $690,485 and $613,393,respectively) 647,310 550,148 Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $104,371 and $108,990,respectively) 122,619 131,796 Equity securities, at fair value 3,031 2,937 Nonmarketable equity securities 2,407 2,328 Loans held for sale 3,148 2,547 Loans held for investment 2,248,669 2,075,013 Less: Allowance for credit losses (23,399) (21,731) Loans held for investment, net 2,225,270 2,053,282 Premises and equipment, net 59,270 59,441 Accrued interest receivable 11,131 10,048 Bank-owned life insurance 31,267 30,380 Intangible assets 1,546 1,546 Right-of-use assets 1,487 2,733 Other assets 29,032 33,433 Total Assets $ 3,350,910 $ 3,149,594 LIABILITIES Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 913,868 $ 866,496 Interest-bearing deposits 2,049,544 1,938,610 Total Deposits 2,963,412 2,805,106 Accrued interest payable 6,128 7,583 Lease liabilities 1,544 2,864 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 14,676 14,302 Total Liabilities 2,985,760 2,829,855 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES — — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Preferred stock, no par value: Authorized - 1,000,000 shares; None Issued and Outstanding — — Common stock, no par value: Authorized - 30,000,000 shares; Issued and Outstanding -6,576,609 and 6,777,238 shares, respectively 27,543 38,655 Additional paid-in capital 3,217 2,777 Retained earnings 377,731 338,554 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (43,341) (60,247) Total Stockholders’ Equity 365,150 319,739 Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 3,350,910 $ 3,149,594 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 67
Page 68
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands, except per share data) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME Interest and fees on loans $ 120,047 $ 108,969 $ 93,439 Interest on securities 21,301 17,089 14,291 Interest on federal funds sold — — 886 Interest on deposits in other banks 8,445 11,077 9,797 Dividends on stock 93 95 155 Total Interest and Dividend Income 149,886 137,230 118,568 INTEREST EXPENSE Interest on deposits 44,329 47,936 32,066 Interest on other borrowed funds — — 64 Total Interest Expense 44,329 47,936 32,130 Net Interest Income 105,557 89,294 86,438 Provision for credit losses 2,300 1,200 735 Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses 103,257 88,094 85,703 NONINTEREST INCOME Service charges on deposit accounts 5,591 5,674 5,776 Debit card income, net 3,823 3,836 3,563 Mortgage loan income 2,398 2,490 1,965 Brokerage income 4,733 3,791 3,798 Loan and deposit income 1,724 2,034 2,140 Bank-owned life insurance income 887 851 754 Gain (Loss) on equity securities 94 (28) (14) SBIC income (loss) 55 1,453 2,873 Other income (loss) 659 340 259 Total Noninterest Income 19,964 20,441 21,114 OPERATING EXPENSES Personnel expenses 41,704 38,623 37,241 Occupancy and equipment expenses 7,143 6,691 6,581 Technology expenses 3,378 3,182 2,759 Advertising 1,236 1,374 1,302 Other business development expenses 2,127 2,076 1,987 Data processing expense 2,447 2,331 2,320 Other taxes 2,408 2,407 2,721 Loan and deposit expenses 1,131 895 984 Legal and professional expenses 2,399 2,657 2,378 Regulatory assessment expenses 1,648 1,654 1,645 Other operating expenses 4,474 4,264 3,955 Total Operating Expenses 70,095 66,154 63,873 Income Before Income Tax Expense 53,126 42,381 42,944 Income tax expense 10,362 8,146 8,065 Net Income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic $ 6.40 $ 4.96 $ 4.87 Diluted $ 6.38 $ 4.95 $ 4.86 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 68
Page 69
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Net income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Other comprehensive income (loss): Unrealized net gain (loss) on securities arising during period 20,070 (1,079) 11,966 Tax effect (4,215) 226 (2,512) Change in unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity1,331 1,392 1,542 Tax effect (280) (292) (324) Total other comprehensive income (loss) 16,906 247 10,672 Comprehensive Income (Loss) $ 59,670 $ 34,482 $ 45,551 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 69
Page 70
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (dollars in thousands, except pershare amounts) CommonSharesIssued CommonStock AdditionalPaid-InCapital RetainedEarnings AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncome (Loss) TotalStockholders’Equity Balance as of December 31, 20227,183,915 $ 60,050 $ 2,088 $ 274,781 $ (71,166) $ 265,753 Net income — — — 34,879 — 34,879 Stock incentive plan — — 319 — — 319 Issuance of restricted shares ofcommon stock through stockincentive plan 9,300 — — — — — Forfeiture of restricted shares ofcommon stock (1,940) — — — — — Issuance of shares of common stock asboard compensation 1,660 85 — — — 85 Repurchase of common stock (101,298) (4,999) — — — (4,999) Cash dividend - $0.32 per share — — — (2,289) — (2,289) Cumulative effect of change inaccounting principle — — — (569) — (569) Other comprehensive income (loss) — — — — 10,672 10,672 Balance as of December 31, 20237,091,637 $ 55,136 $ 2,407 $ 306,802 $ (60,494) $ 303,851 Net income — — — 34,235 — 34,235 Stock incentive plan — — 370 — — 370 Issuance of restricted shares ofcommon stock through stockincentive plan 12,450 — — — — — Forfeiture of restricted shares ofcommon stock (575) — — — — — Issuance of shares of common stock asboard compensation 811 41 — — — 41 Repurchase of common stock, includingexcise tax (327,085) (16,522) — — — (16,522) Cash dividend - $0.36 per share — — — (2,483) — (2,483) Other comprehensive income (loss) — — — — 247 247 Balance as of December 31, 20246,777,238 $ 38,655 $ 2,777 $ 338,554 $ (60,247) $ 319,739 Net income — — — 42,764 — 42,764 Stock incentive plan — — 440 — — 440 Issuance of restricted shares ofcommon stock through stockincentive plan 11,100 — — — — — Forfeiture of restricted shares ofcommon stock (975) — — — — — Issuance of shares of common stock asboard compensation 994 55 — — — 55 Repurchase of common stock, includingexcise tax (211,748) (11,167) — — — (11,167) Cash dividend - $0.54 per share — — — (3,587) — (3,587) Other comprehensive income (loss) — — — — 16,906 16,906 Balance as of December 31, 20256,576,609 $ 27,543 $ 3,217 $ 377,731 $ (43,341) $ 365,150 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 70
Page 71
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)operating activities: Depreciation 2,747 2,525 2,198 Amortization 799 694 548 Share-based compensation earned 440 370 319 Share-based board compensation earned 60 62 42 Net (accretion) amortization on securities AFS 1,063 1,223 1,610 Net (accretion) amortization on securities HTM (1,296) (1,359) (1,502) (Gain) Loss on equity securities (94) 28 14 (Gain) Loss on other assets owned 43 (10) 60 Provision for credit losses 2,300 1,200 735 Deferred income tax (benefit) expense (696) 764 (330) Net (increase) decrease in loans HFS (601) (1,241) (788) Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable (1,083) (103) (1,115) Net (increase) decrease in BOLI (887) (851) (754) Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable (1,455) (417) 6,437 Net increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes payable 49 358 (527) Other operating activities, net 637 806 (1,715) Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 44,790 38,284 40,111 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Activity in securities AFS: Maturities, principal repayments, and calls 103,939 146,506 151,110 Purchases (182,094) (128,864) (96,439) Activity in securities HTM: Maturities, principal repayments, and calls 10,473 10,799 11,949 Sale of equity securities — — 7,000 Sale of nonmarketable equity securities — — 2,178 Purchase of nonmarketable equity securities — — (792) Capital contribution in partnerships (350) (861) (1,819) Return of capital in partnerships 908 856 — Net (increase) decrease in loans HFI (174,815) (82,799) (77,042) Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets 470 69 15 Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment 12 11 15 Purchases of premises and equipment (2,579) (4,878) (4,916) Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (244,036) (59,161) (8,741) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase (decrease) in deposits 158,306 3,218 2,952 Proceeds from other borrowed funds — — 60,000 Repayments of other borrowed funds — — (60,000) Repurchase of common stock, excluding excise tax (11,056) (16,309) (4,999) Cash dividends (3,587) (2,483) (2,289) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 143,663 (15,574) (4,336) Net change in cash and cash equivalents (55,583) (36,451) 27,034 Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year 268,975 305,426 278,392 Cash and cash equivalents - end of year $ 213,392 $ 268,975 $ 305,426 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 71
Page 72
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED) (in thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid during the period for: Interest $ 45,784 $ 48,353 $ 25,693 Federal income taxes $ 10,980 $ 6,910 $ 8,963 State income taxes $ 29 $ 27 $ 36 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR NON-CASH INVESTING ANDFINANCING ACTIVITIES Assets acquired in settlement of loans $ 527 $ 38 $ 146 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 72
Page 73
Table of Contents RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. Significant Accounting Policies Nature of Operations The Company is a bank holding company headquartered in Alexandria, Louisiana. The Company’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Red River Bank, is a Louisiana state-chartered bank that provides a fully integrated suite of banking products and services tailored to the needs of commercial and retail customers. As of December 31, 2025, Red River Bank operated from a network of 28 banking centers throughout Louisiana and two combined LDPOs, one each in New Orleans, Louisiana and Lafayette, Louisiana. Banking centers are located in the following Louisiana markets: Central, which includes the Alexandria MSA; Northwest, which includes the Shreveport-Bossier City MSA; Capital, which includes the Baton Rouge MSA; Southwest, which includes the Lake Charles MSA; the Northshore, which includes the Slidell-Mandeville-Covington MSA; Acadiana, which includes the Lafayette MSA; and New Orleans, which includes the New Orleans- Metairie MSA. Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which the Company has controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to GAAP and the prevailing practices within the banking industry. Operating Segments While the CODM monitors the revenue streams of the various banking products, services, and markets, banking operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. For additional segment information see “Note 18. Segment Reporting.” Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. These estimates also affect the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Acquisition Accounting The Company accounts for its acquisitions under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. Purchased assets, including loans, and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks. Interest-bearing deposits in other banks consist of money market, certificate of deposit, and checking accounts and are carried at cost. Securities All debt securities of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, were classified either as AFS or HTM. Securities AFS are held for indefinite periods of time and are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Securities HTM, which the Company has the intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at amortized cost. Realized gains and losses on the sale and call of securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Purchased premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the term of the securities. Equity securities include a CRA mutual fund owned by the Company, which is carried at fair value with any periodic changes in value recorded through the statements of income. Securities AFS The Company is required to measure expected credit losses on securities AFS. Impairment is evaluated when there has been a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis of a security to determine whether there is a credit loss associated with the decline in fair value on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market changes warrant such evaluation. Management evaluates each security by considering the nature of the collateral, potential future changes in collateral values, default rates, delinquency rates, third-party guarantees, credit ratings, 73
Page 74
Table of Contents volatility of the security’s fair value, and historical loss information for financial assets secured with similar collateral, along with other factors. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition, and the issuer’s anticipated ability to pay the contractual cash flows of the investments. If a decline in the fair value related to creditworthiness or other factors is determined, an ACL is calculated using a discounted cash flow method, whereby management compares the present value of expected cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the security. The credit loss component is recognized through the provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of income. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the amortized cost basis in measuring expected credit losses on the investment securities, and no ACL is recorded on accrued interest receivable. The Company’s securities AFS portfolio may consist of U.S. Treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. agency securities, and municipal bonds. The Company’s securities AFS, other than the municipal bonds, are considered treasuries, agencies, and instrumentalities of the U.S. government, which have a zero credit loss assumption. These securities have the full faith and credit backing of the U.S. government or one of its agencies. Municipal bonds AFS do not fall under the zero credit loss assumption and are evaluated quarterly using the considerations mentioned above to determine whether there is a credit loss associated with a decline in fair value. Securities HTM The Company is required to measure expected credit losses on securities HTM. Securities HTM are measured on a collective basis by major security type with those sharing similar risk characteristics, and considers historical credit loss information that is adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the securities HTM portfolio. Management monitors the HTM portfolio to determine whether an ACL should be recorded. The Company’s current securities HTM portfolio consists of mortgage-backed securities and U.S. agency securities. The Company’s securities HTM are considered agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that have a zero credit loss assumption. These securities have the full faith and credit backing of the U.S. government or one of its agencies. Nonmarketable Equity Securities Nonmarketable equity securities, which include investments in the FHLB of Dallas and First National Banker’s Bank, are carried at cost. Loans Held for Sale Residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an individual basis. These mortgage loans are pre-sold prior to funding. Loans Held for Investment Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold, for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff, are reported at amortized cost. Amortized cost is the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred fees and costs. Accrued interest receivable is reported in accrued interest receivable on the consolidated balance sheets and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments. Interest income on loans is discontinued, and the loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, uncollected accrued interest is reversed, reducing interest income, and future income accrual is discontinued. Subsequent payments, if any, of interest and fees are applied as reductions to the loan’s outstanding principal balance. Once the principal balance of a loan placed on nonaccrual status has been fully recovered, subsequent payments received are recognized as interest income on a cash basis. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Loans, excluding credit cards, are charged-off to the ACL to the extent management is relatively certain that principal and interest will be uncollectible. Management may elect to partially charge-off a loan to adjust the principal balance to the net realizable value of the collateral that secures the loan. When a partial charge-off is made, the remaining balance of the loan is placed on nonaccrual. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off, if any, are credited to the ACL until the principal balance of the loan is fully recovered. Any subsequent payments are recognized as income. Credit card loans continue to accrue interest until they are charged-off to the ACL no later than 120 days past due unless the loan is in the process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Effective January 1, 2023, the ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans HFI to present management’s best estimate of the expected credit losses to be recognized over the lifetime of the loans. The amount of the ACL should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in 74
Page 75
Table of Contents those amounts, or at all. Loans are charged-off against the allowance when management is relatively certain that principal and interest will be uncollectible. Expected recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This reasonable and supportable forecast period is currently one year and incorporates the Company’s and its peer’s historical losses. After the forecast period, the Company reverts to an average historical loss rate over a two-year period. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, delinquency level, or term, as well as for changes in economic conditions, such as changes in unemployment rates, property values, or other relevant factors. These qualitative factors serve to compensate for additional areas of uncertainty inherent in the portfolio that are not reflected in the Company’s historic loss factors. The determination of the amount of allowance involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. The ACL is measured on a collective pool basis when similar risk characteristics and risk profiles exist. The Company utilizes cohort loss rate (static pool analysis) and remaining life loss rate methodologies to estimate the quantitative portion of the ACL for loan pools. The cohort loss rate methodology tracks a closed pool of loans over their remaining lives to determine their loss behavior. The remaining life loss rate methodology takes the calculated loss rate and applies that rate to a pool of loans on a periodic basis based on the remaining life expectation of that pool. 75
Page 76
Table of Contents The portfolio pools are based primarily on regulatory call report codes. These pools and certain of the inherent risks in the Company’s loan portfolio are summarized in the following table. Loan Pool Risk Characteristics Residential construction This category consists of loans to residential developers and to individual clients forconstruction of single-family homes. Risks inherent in this portfolio pool includefluctuations in the value of real estate, project completion risk, and change in markettrends. Commercial construction This category consists of loans to small and medium-sized businesses to constructowner occupied facilities and developers of CRE investment properties. Risksinherent in this portfolio pool include fluctuations in the value of real estate, projectcompletion risk, change in market trends, and the ability to sell the property uponcompletion. Farmland This category consists of loans secured by real estate that is used or usable foragricultural purposes, including land used for crops, livestock production,grazing/pastureland, and timberland. Risks inherent in this portfolio pool includeadverse changes in climate, fluctuations in feed and livestock prices, and changes inproperty values. Home equity loans and lines This category consists of home equity loans and lines of credit. Risks inherent in thisportfolio pool include local unemployment rates, local residential real estate marketconditions, and the interest rate environment. Secured closed-liens This category consists of loans secured by primary and secondary liens onresidential real estate. Risks inherent in this portfolio pool include localunemployment rates, local residential real estate market conditions, and the interestrate environment. Generally, these loans are for longer terms than home equity loansand lines of credit. Multifamily This category consists of loans secured by apartment or residential buildings with fiveor more units used to accommodate households on a temporary or permanent basis.Risks inherent in this portfolio pool include local unemployment rates, changes in thelocal economy, and factors that would impact property values. Owner occupied CRE This category consists of loans to established operating companies and secured byowner occupied offices and industrial real estate properties. Risks inherent in thisportfolio pool include fluctuations in the value of real estate, the overall strength of theeconomy, new job creation trends, environmental contamination, and the quality ofthe borrower’s management. Non-owner occupied CRE This category consists of loans to developers and other persons or entities andsecured by non-owner occupied CRE properties. Risks inherent in this portfolio poolinclude fluctuations in the value of real estate, the overall strength of the economy,new job creation trends, tenant vacancy rates, environmental contamination, and thequality of the borrower’s management. Commercial and industrial This category consists of secured and unsecured loans to purchase capitalequipment, agriculture operating loans, and other business loans for working capitaland operating purposes. Secured loans are primarily secured by accounts receivable,inventory, and other business assets. The performance of commercial and industrialloans may be adversely affected by, among other factors, conditions specific to therelevant industry, fluctuations in the value of the collateral, and individualperformance factors related to the borrower such as the quality of the borrower’smanagement. Consumer This category consists of loans to individuals for household, family, and otherpersonal use. Risks inherent in this portfolio pool include the borrower’s financialcondition, local unemployment rates, local economic conditions, and the interest rateenvironment. Tax-exempt This category consists of loans to political subdivisions primarily of the State ofLouisiana including parishes, municipalities, utility districts, school districts, anddevelopment authorities. These loans undergo the same underwriting as any of theCompany’s other loans and are typically paid for by ad valorem taxes or specificrevenue sources. Other loans This category consists of loans not included in any other category. Risks inherent inthis portfolio pool include local unemployment rates, local economic conditions, andthe interest rate environment. 76
Page 77
Table of Contents Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis and excluded from the collective evaluation. For loans evaluated on an individual basis that are collateral dependent, the specific allowance is estimated by calculating the difference between the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs and the Bank’s exposure. If the loan is not collateral dependent, the discounted cash flow methodology is used. Either of these determinations are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of valuation. Reserve for Unfunded Commitments Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer if all conditions of the commitment have been met. The Company estimates expected credit losses for unfunded commitments over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk through a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The reserve for unfunded commitments is recorded within accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and the related provision is recorded in provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life. The loss rates computed for each pool and expected pool-level funding rates are applied to the related unfunded commitment balance to obtain the reserve amount. Acquired Loans Acquired loans, for which all contractual cash flows are expected to be received, are accounted for under the accounting guidance found in ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. With the adoption of ASC 326 on January 1, 2023, loans acquired as part of a business combination that have evidence of credit deterioration since their origination date are to be recorded at amortized cost with an associated allowance for the expected credit loss at the date of the acquisition. Prior to January 1, 2023, acquired loans, with evidence of credit deterioration, were accounted for under the accounting guidance found in ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables - Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Foreclosed Assets Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are HFS and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Foreclosed assets are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $36,000 and $38,000 of foreclosed assets, respectively. Credit Related Financial Information In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded. Premises and Equipment, Net Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 40 years. Leases The Company has operating leases on several of its banking centers and office facilities. At the inception of a contract, the Company determines whether the arrangement contains a lease and evaluates the appropriate classification as operating or financing. The Company has elected to recognize operating leases with terms greater than one year, or certain other criteria, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Right ‑ of ‑ use assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying leased asset over the lease term, and the related lease liabilities represent the obligation to make future lease payments. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments expected to be made over the lease term. When the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental collateralized borrowing rate with similar terms to discount future payments. Agreements that contain both lease and non ‑ lease components are accounted for separately, with only the lease component capitalized. Non-lease components for these arrangements are expensed in the period incurred. The Company elects to recognize the lease payments on short-term leases, or those considered immaterial by management, in its consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For more information and disclosures on leases, see “Note 7. Leases.” Bank-Owned Life Insurance The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. The Bank is the beneficiary of the BOLI policies, which may be on past or present employees. BOLI policies have death benefits as well as a cash surrender value component, which is carried as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets. 77
Page 78
Table of Contents Intangible Assets Intangible assets consist of goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but rather evaluated for impairment annually. The Company performed its annual impairment test of goodwill for 2025 and 2024 as required by ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. The evaluation indicated no impairment of the Company’s goodwill. Treasury Stock On January 1, 2015, the LBCA became effective. Under provisions of the LBCA, there is no concept of “Treasury Shares.” Rather, shares purchased by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated balance sheets reflect the cost of shares purchased by the Company, and any applicable excise taxes, within common stock. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes the after tax effect of unrealized net gains and losses on securities AFS and the amortization of the unrealized net loss on securities transferred to HTM. Stock-Based Compensation Plans The Company has adopted stock incentive plans that provide for the granting of stock-based awards to key employees, directors, and consultants. The Company accounts for the stock incentive plans in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The restricted stock granted under these plans provides common stock to recipients at the grant date. The restrictions vest in twenty percent increments on the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. The Company has a Director Compensation Program, which allows directors the option of receiving their board attendance fees in Company stock in lieu of cash. Board compensation expense is recorded when board service is rendered. Advertising Cost Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Income Tax The provision for income tax is based on taxes payable or receivable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The Company has adopted the provisions of accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies that the benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return should be recognized in a company’s financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained based on technical merits. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The effect on deferred tax assets of a change in tax rate is recognized in income as part of income tax expense for the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been measured as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, using the 21.0% corporate tax rate. For more information, see “Note 8. Income Tax Expense.” Earnings per Common Share Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, after giving retroactive effect to stock splits. Diluted EPS includes accrued but unissued shares relating to the Director Compensation Program, stock options, and restricted stock determined using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic EPS and diluted EPS for the reported periods is provided in “Note 17. Earnings Per Common Share.” Revenue Recognition The Company has identified certain recurring revenue streams related to noninterest income, which are within the scope of Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. In-scope revenue streams are summarized based on the timing of revenue recognition as follows: • Revenue earned at a point in time - Fee income (including wire transfer, check ordering, and other transactional fees), NSF/OD charges, ATM/Card fee income (including ATM transaction fees and credit and debit card interchange income), and brokerage transaction income. Revenue is recorded as transactions 78
Page 79
Table of Contents occur or services are provided to customers. The Company is the principal in each of these contracts with the exception of credit and debit card interchange fees, online transaction interchange fees, sweep income, and brokerage services income, in which case the Company is acting as the agent and records revenue net of expenses paid. • Revenue earned over time (generally under a monthly contract) - Debit card agreement, safe deposit box fees, and brokerage agreement income. Revenue is recorded in the period transactions occur or services are rendered to the customer. The Company is the principal in each of these contracts. There are no significant judgments relating to the amount and timing of revenue recognition for revenue streams within the scope of Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Due to the nature of the services the Company provides to its customers, it does not incur costs to obtain contracts, and there are no material incremental costs to fulfill these contracts that should be capitalized. Additionally, there are no material contract assets or receivables as the Company does not typically enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers. Accounting Standards Adopted in 2025 ASU 2023-09 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The guidance in this update provides enhanced transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The amendment addresses investor requests for income tax information through improvements to income tax disclosures related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The guidance requires public business entities to disclose in their rate reconciliation table additional categories of information about federal, state, and foreign income taxes and to provide more details about the reconciling items in some categories if the items meet a quantitative threshold. As specified in the ASU, the guidance also requires all entities to disclose annually income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes and to disaggregate the information by jurisdiction based on a quantitative threshold. Investors anticipate these disclosures will provide an understanding of an entity’s exposures to changes in tax legislation and allow investors to better assess income tax information that affects cash flow forecasts and capital allocation decisions, as well as identify opportunities to increase future cash flows. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this standard on a retrospective basis as of December 31, 2025. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2024-01, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope Application of Profits Interest and Similar Awards. The guidance issued in this update was designed to improve GAAP by adding an illustrative example that clarifies when the scope guidance of Topic 718 should be applied, since diversity in practice exists. This ASU does not change existing guidance. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and interim periods within those annual periods. On January 1, 2025, the Company adopted this standard. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2024-02, Codification Improvements - Amendments to Remove References to the Concept Statements. The guidance issued in this update amends the codification to remove references to various FASB Concept Statements. The codification has been updated to clarify or correct unintended application of guidance that is not expected to have any significant effect on current accounting practice or cost to most entities. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this standard as of December 31, 2025. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2025-11 Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements. The guidance is focused on disclosures that are required by GAAP to provide clarity about the current requirements, rather that evaluate whether to expand or reduce interim disclosure requirements. The guidance also establishes a disclosure principle that requires entities to disclose events that have occurred since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity. The intent of the disclosure principle is modeled after a previous SEC disclosure requirement. This standard is effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company adopted this standard as of December 31, 2025. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2025-12 Codification Improvements. The amendments in this update affect a wide variety of topics in the codification and apply to all reporting entities within the scope of the affected accounting guidance. Thirty-four issues are addressed in this update. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted in both interim and annual reporting periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. None of the topics included in the update apply to the Company. The Company adopted this standard as of December 31, 2025. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Recent Accounting Pronouncements ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40). The guidance issued in this update was designed to improve financial reporting by requiring entities to 79
Page 80
Table of Contents disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to financial statements. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied either prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this update or retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2025-08, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans. The guidance issued in this update was designed to improve the decision usefulness of the financial reporting for acquired financial assets. This amendment allows the gross ‑ up method to apply to certain non ‑ PCD loans acquired in a business combination that qualify as purchased seasoned loans. These loans will be accounted for the same as PCD loans, with an ACL established at acquisition and recorded through a gross ‑ up to the loan’s amortized cost basis. This standard is effective for all entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively to loans that are acquired on or after the initial application date. Early adoption is permitted in an interim or annual reporting period in which financial statements have not been issued. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Reclassification Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These changes in presentation did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. 2. Securities Securities are classified as AFS, HTM, and equity securities. Total securities were $773.0 million as of December 31, 2025. Securities AFS and Securities HTM Securities AFS and securities HTM are debt securities. Securities AFS are held for indefinite periods of time and are carried at estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2025, the estimated fair value of securities AFS was $647.3 million. The net unrealized loss on securities AFS decreased $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a net unrealized loss of $43.2 million as of December 31, 2025. Securities HTM, which the Company has the intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2025, the amortized cost of securities HTM was $122.6 million. Investment activity for the year ended December 31, 2025, included $182.1 million of securities purchased, partially offset by $114.4 million in maturities, principal repayments, and calls. There were no sales of securities AFS, and there were no purchases or sales of securities HTM for the same period. 80
Page 81
Table of Contents The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities AFS and securities HTM are summarized in the following tables: December 31, 2025 (in thousands) AmortizedCost GrossUnrealizedGains GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 426,732 $ 1,846 $ (18,549) $ 410,029 Municipal bonds 196,607 4 (25,311) 171,300 U.S. agency securities 67,146 29 (1,194) 65,981 Total Securities AFS $ 690,485 $ 1,879 $ (45,054) $ 647,310 Securities HTM: Mortgage-backed securities $ 121,677 $ — $ (18,189) $ 103,488 U.S. agency securities 942 — (59) 883 Total Securities HTM $ 122,619 $ — $ (18,248) $ 104,371 December 31, 2024 (in thousands) AmortizedCost GrossUnrealizedGains GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 334,123 $ 539 $ (27,562) $ 307,100 Municipal bonds 203,394 — (34,551) 168,843 U.S. Treasury securities 10,995 — (63) 10,932 U.S. agency securities 64,881 18 (1,626) 63,273 Total Securities AFS $ 613,393 $ 557 $ (63,802) $ 550,148 Securities HTM: Mortgage-backed securities $ 130,864 $ — $ (22,698) $ 108,166 U.S. agency securities 932 — (108) 824 Total Securities HTM $ 131,796 $ — $ (22,806) $ 108,990 81
Page 82
Table of Contents The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities AFS and securities HTM as of December 31, 2025, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. December 31, 2025 (in thousands) AmortizedCost FairValue Securities AFS: Within one year $ 4,452 $ 4,436 After one year but within five years 26,693 26,221 After five years but within ten years 141,929 134,162 After ten years 517,411 482,491 Total Securities AFS $ 690,485 $ 647,310 Securities HTM: Within one year $ — $ — After one year but within five years — — After five years but within ten years 942 883 After ten years 121,677 103,488 Total Securities HTM $ 122,619 $ 104,371 Accounting for Credit Losses – Securities AFS and Securities HTM The Company evaluates securities AFS for impairment when there has been a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis of a security to determine whether there is a credit loss associated with the decline in fair value on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Due to the zero credit loss assumption and evaluation of the considerations applied to the securities AFS, there was no ACL recorded for securities AFS as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Also, as part of the Company’s evaluation of its intent and ability to hold investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market, the Company considers its investment strategy, cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy, and interest rate risk position. Management does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell these securities before each security has recovered its amortized cost basis. Due to the zero credit loss assumption on the securities HTM portfolio, there was no ACL recorded for securities HTM as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Accrued interest receivable totaled $3.2 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, for securities AFS and securities HTM and was reported in accrued interest receivable on the consolidated balance sheets. 82
Page 83
Table of Contents Information pertaining to securities AFS with gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, is described as follows: December 31, 2025 Less than twelve monthsTwelve months or more (in thousands) GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ (313) $ 81,682 $ (18,236) $ 166,631 Municipal bonds (14) 3,330 (25,297) 163,876 U.S. Treasury securities — — — — U.S. agency securities (26) 16,972 (1,168) 36,542 Total Securities AFS $ (353) $ 101,984 $ (44,701) $ 367,049 December 31, 2024 Less than twelve monthsTwelve months or more GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue GrossUnrealizedLosses FairValue Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ (642) $ 66,986 $ (26,920) $ 179,644 Municipal bonds (136) 2,863 (34,415) 165,980 U.S. Treasury securities — — (63) 10,932 U.S. agency securities (82) 27,329 (1,544) 19,801 Total Securities AFS $ (860) $ 97,178 $ (62,942) $ 376,357 As of December 31, 2025, the Company held 455 securities AFS that were in unrealized loss positions. The aggregate unrealized loss of these securities AFS as of December 31, 2025, was 6.52% of the amortized cost basis of securities AFS. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, there were no proceeds from sales of debt securities. Equity Securities Equity securities are an investment in a CRA mutual fund, consisting primarily of bonds. Equity securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with periodic changes in value recorded through the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2025, equity securities had a fair value of $3.0 million with a recognized gain of $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, equity securities had a fair value of $2.9 million with a recognized loss of $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024. Pledged Securities Securities with carrying values of approximately $228.0 million and $226.5 million were used as collateral as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. 83
Page 84
Table of Contents 3. Loans and Asset Quality Loans Loans HFI by category and loans HFS are summarized below: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 920,294 $ 884,641 One-to-four family residential 628,762 614,551 Construction and development 221,214 155,229 Commercial and industrial 392,824 327,086 Tax-exempt 57,541 64,930 Consumer 28,034 28,576 Total loans HFI $ 2,248,669 $ 2,075,013 Total loans HFS $ 3,148 $ 2,547 Deferred loan origination fees, net of certain direct costs, were $1.6 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Accrued interest receivable on loans HFI totaled $7.8 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and was reported in accrued interest receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Concentrations of Credit Risk The majority of the lending activity occurs within the Bank’s Louisiana markets. The Bank maintains a diversified loan portfolio with a focus on CRE, one-to-four family residential real estate, and commercial and industrial loans. Substantially all of the Bank’s real estate loans are secured by properties located within Louisiana. Allowance for Credit Losses The Company maintains an ACL on all loans that reflects management’s estimate of expected credit losses for the full life of the loan portfolio. The following table summarizes the activity in the ACL by category for the year ended December 31, 2025: (in thousands) BeginningBalance Provisionfor CreditLosses Charge-offs Recoveries EndingBalance Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 9,047 $ 332 $ (20) $ — $ 9,359 One-to-four family residential 6,452 523 (30) 17 6,962 Construction and development 1,653 348 (250) — 1,751 Commercial and industrial 4,123 927 (131) 20 4,939 Tax-exempt 103 (12) — — 91 Consumer 353 182 (340) 102 297 Total allowance for credit losses $ 21,731 $ 2,300 $ (771) $ 139 $ 23,399 84
Page 85
Table of Contents The following table summarizes the activity in the ACL by category for the year ended December 31, 2024: (in thousands) BeginningBalance Provisionfor CreditLosses Charge-offs Recoveries EndingBalance Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 9,118 $ (71) $ — $ — $ 9,047 One-to-four family residential 7,484 (1,041) (1) 10 6,452 Construction and development 1,309 344 — — 1,653 Commercial and industrial 2,553 1,887 (380) 63 4,123 Tax-exempt 575 (472) — — 103 Consumer 297 353 (422) 125 353 Total allowance for credit losses $ 21,336 $ 1,000 $ (803) $ 198 $ 21,731 The $1.2 million provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2024, includes $1.0 million for loans and $200,000 for unfunded loan commitments. Effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 326 using the modified retrospective method. The following table summarizes the activity in the ACL by category for the year ended December 31, 2023: (in thousands) BeginningBalance Impact ofASC 326Adoption Provisionfor CreditLosses Charge-offs Recoveries EndingBalance Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 7,720 $ 876 $ 522 $ — $ — $ 9,118 One-to-four family residential 5,682 1,231 584 (23) 10 7,484 Construction and development 1,654 (444) 108 (9) — 1,309 Commercial and industrial 4,350 (822) (947) (58) 30 2,553 Tax-exempt 751 (427) 251 — — 575 Consumer 471 (136) 217 (383) 128 297 Total allowance for loan losses$ 20,628 $ 278 $ 735 $ (473) $ 168 $ 21,336 (1) (1) 85
Page 86
Table of Contents The balance in the ACL and the related recorded investment in loans by category as of December 31, 2025, are as follows: (in thousands) IndividuallyEvaluated CollectivelyEvaluated Total Allowance for credit losses: Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 57 $ 9,302 $ 9,359 One-to-four family residential 532 6,430 6,962 Construction and development 145 1,606 1,751 Commercial and industrial 190 4,749 4,939 Tax-exempt — 91 91 Consumer 3 294 297 Total allowance for credit losses $ 927 $ 22,472 $ 23,399 Loans: Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 6,121 $ 914,173 $ 920,294 One-to-four family residential 6,618 622,144 628,762 Construction and development 1,392 219,822 221,214 Commercial and industrial 1,146 391,678 392,824 Tax-exempt — 57,541 57,541 Consumer 59 27,975 28,034 Total loans HFI $ 15,336 $ 2,233,333 $ 2,248,669 The balance in the ACL and the related recorded investment in loans by category as of December 31, 2024, are as follows: (in thousands) IndividuallyEvaluated CollectivelyEvaluated Total Allowance for credit losses: Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 32 $ 9,015 $ 9,047 One-to-four family residential 144 6,308 6,452 Construction and development 549 1,104 1,653 Commercial and industrial 116 4,007 4,123 Tax-exempt — 103 103 Consumer 78 275 353 Total allowance for credit losses $ 919 $ 20,812 $ 21,731 Loans: Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 4,173 $ 880,468 $ 884,641 One-to-four family residential 2,822 611,729 614,551 Construction and development 1,158 154,071 155,229 Commercial and industrial 661 326,425 327,086 Tax-exempt — 64,930 64,930 Consumer 91 28,485 28,576 Total loans HFI $ 8,905 $ 2,066,108 $ 2,075,013 86
Page 87
Table of Contents Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans The following table presents nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2025: (in thousands) Nonaccrualwith No ACL Nonaccrualwith ACL TotalNonaccrual Real estate: Commercial real estate $ — $ — $ — One-to-four family residential 294 1,723 2,017 Construction and development — 1,189 1,189 Commercial and industrial — 19 19 Tax-exempt — — — Consumer 56 — 56 Total loans HFI $ 350 $ 2,931 $ 3,281 The following table presents nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2024: (in thousands) Nonaccrualwith No ACL Nonaccrualwith ACL TotalNonaccrual Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 458 $ 276 $ 734 One-to-four family residential 397 289 686 Construction and development — 920 920 Commercial and industrial 412 142 554 Tax-exempt — — — Consumer — 74 74 Total loans HFI $ 1,267 $ 1,701 $ 2,968 No material interest income was recognized in the consolidated statements of income on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, or 2023. The following table presents the aging analysis of the past due loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest by loan category as of December 31, 2025: Past Due (in thousands) 30-59 Days60-89 DaysPast Due 90 Daysor More Current TotalLoans HFI 90 Days or MorePast Due andAccruing Real estate: Commercial real estate $ 174 $ — $ — $ 920,120 $ 920,294 $ — One-to-four family residential 1,993 658 1,530 624,581 628,762 211 Construction and development — — 1,189 220,025 221,214 — Commercial and industrial 306 68 19 392,431 392,824 — Tax-exempt — — — 57,541 57,541 — Consumer 22 4 8 28,000 28,034 8 Total loans HFI $ 2,495 $ 730 $ 2,746 $ 2,242,698 $ 2,248,669 $ 219 87
Page 88
Table of Contents The following table presents the aging analysis of the past due loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest by loan category as of December 31, 2024: Past Due (in thousands) 30-59 Days60-89 DaysPast Due 90 Daysor More Current TotalLoans HFI 90 Days or MorePast Due andAccruing Real estate: Commercial real estate $ — $ — $ 704 $ 883,937 $ 884,641 $ — One-to-four family residential 1,762 2,705 899 609,185 614,551 264 Construction and development 32 — 918 154,279 155,229 — Commercial and industrial 4 2 453 326,627 327,086 — Tax-exempt — — — 64,930 64,930 — Consumer 44 15 2 28,515 28,576 2 Total loans HFI $ 1,842 $ 2,722 $ 2,976 $ 2,067,473 $ 2,075,013 $ 266 Loan Modifications Modifications are made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, and the modified terms are in the form of principal forgiveness, interest rate reduction, other-than-insignificant payment delay, or a term extension in the current reporting period. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, modifications were made to certain borrowers by granting term extensions. These term extensions were not significant to the consolidated financial statements. Credit Quality Indicators Loans are categorized based on the degree of risk inherent in the credit and the ability of the borrower to service the debt. A description of the general characteristics of the Bank’s risk rating grades follows: Pass - These loans are of satisfactory quality and do not require a more severe classification. Special Mention - This category includes loans with potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan. However, the loss potential does not warrant substandard classification. Substandard - Loans in this category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize normal repayment of principal and interest. Prompt corrective action is required to reduce exposure and to assure adequate remedial actions are taken by the borrower. If these weaknesses do not improve, loss is possible. Doubtful - Loans in this category have well-defined weaknesses that make full collection improbable. Loss - Loans classified in this category are considered uncollectible and charged-off to the ACL. 88
Page 89
Table of Contents As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no loans classified as doubtful or loss. The following table summarizes loans by risk rating and year of origination as of December 31, 2025, and gross charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2025: Year of Origination (in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Years RevolvingLines Total Real estate: Commercial real estate Pass $ 170,649 $ 145,282 $ 87,583 $ 211,897 $ 187,813 $ 92,842 $ 17,771 $ 913,837 Special Mention 2,153 — — — 89 — — 2,242 Substandard — 680 211 1,971 688 665 — 4,215 Total $ 172,802 $ 145,962 $ 87,794 $ 213,868 $ 188,590 $ 93,507 $ 17,771 $ 920,294 One-to-four family residential Pass $ 110,358 $ 70,297 $ 89,416 $ 99,726 $ 94,963 $ 133,883 $ 23,855 $ 622,498 Special Mention — 103 — 1,337 — — — 1,440 Substandard 339 356 911 624 779 1,076 739 4,824 Total $ 110,697 $ 70,756 $ 90,327 $ 101,687 $ 95,742 $ 134,959 $ 24,594 $ 628,762 Construction and development Pass $ 88,310 $ 66,981 $ 49,648 $ 6,934 $ 2,583 $ 1,263 $ 4,103 $ 219,822 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard 1,189 — — — — 203 — 1,392 Total $ 89,499 $ 66,981 $ 49,648 $ 6,934 $ 2,583 $ 1,466 $ 4,103 $ 221,214 Commercial and industrial Pass $ 120,525 $ 52,973 $ 27,599 $ 21,001 $ 16,086 $ 2,769 $ 149,734 $ 390,687 Special Mention 160 — — 748 — — 99 1,007 Substandard 855 36 68 101 6 — 64 1,130 Total $ 121,540 $ 53,009 $ 27,667 $ 21,850 $ 16,092 $ 2,769 $ 149,897 $ 392,824 Tax-exempt Pass $ — $ 2,481 $ 2,187 $ 13,731 $ 6,036 $ 33,106 $ — $ 57,541 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — — — — — — — — Total $ — $ 2,481 $ 2,187 $ 13,731 $ 6,036 $ 33,106 $ — $ 57,541 Consumer Pass $ 13,697 $ 5,504 $ 3,687 $ 1,586 $ 417 $ 37 $ 3,049 $ 27,977 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — — — — — 56 1 57 Total $ 13,697 $ 5,504 $ 3,687 $ 1,586 $ 417 $ 93 $ 3,050 $ 28,034 Total loans HFI $ 508,235 $ 344,693 $ 261,310 $ 359,656 $ 309,460 $ 265,900 $ 199,415 $ 2,248,669 Gross charge-offs $ 22 $ 40 $ 264 $ 83 $ 5 $ 20 $ 337 $ 771 89
Page 90
Table of Contents As of December 31, 2024, the Company had no loans classified as doubtful or loss. The following table summarizes loans by risk rating and year of origination as of December 31, 2024, and gross charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2024: Year of Origination (in thousands) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Years RevolvingLines Total Real estate: Commercial real estate Pass $ 141,677 $ 107,788 $ 242,693 $ 208,595 $ 68,371 $ 85,212 $ 22,731 $ 877,067 Special Mention 2,883 221 1,475 — — 658 — 5,237 Substandard 725 — 194 684 — 734 — 2,337 Total $ 145,285 $ 108,009 $ 244,362 $ 209,279 $ 68,371 $ 86,604 $ 22,731 $ 884,641 One-to-four family residential Pass $ 92,621 $ 104,575 $ 117,750 $ 111,730 $ 78,869 $ 86,432 $ 19,294 $ 611,271 Special Mention 125 — — 798 — 255 — 1,178 Substandard — 63 369 42 33 785 810 2,102 Total $ 92,746 $ 104,638 $ 118,119 $ 112,570 $ 78,902 $ 87,472 $ 20,104 $ 614,551 Construction and development Pass $ 79,431 $ 51,997 $ 15,031 $ 3,629 $ 672 $ 1,514 $ 1,799 $ 154,073 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — 918 — — — 238 — 1,156 Total $ 79,431 $ 52,915 $ 15,031 $ 3,629 $ 672 $ 1,752 $ 1,799 $ 155,229 Commercial and industrial Pass $ 85,573 $ 43,242 $ 32,024 $ 38,991 $ 7,619 $ 1,356 $ 115,704 $ 324,509 Special Mention 646 — 1,191 — — — 78 1,915 Substandard 26 2 58 11 2 78 485 662 Total $ 86,245 $ 43,244 $ 33,273 $ 39,002 $ 7,621 $ 1,434 $ 116,267 $ 327,086 Tax-exempt Pass $ 2,510 $ 1,893 $ 14,976 $ 6,626 $ 10,811 $ 28,114 $ — $ 64,930 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — — — — — — — — Total $ 2,510 $ 1,893 $ 14,976 $ 6,626 $ 10,811 $ 28,114 $ — $ 64,930 Consumer Pass $ 15,638 $ 7,316 $ 3,009 $ 869 $ 335 $ 183 $ 1,135 $ 28,485 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — 10 — — — 74 7 91 Total $ 15,638 $ 7,326 $ 3,009 $ 869 $ 335 $ 257 $ 1,142 $ 28,576 Total loans HFI $ 421,855 $ 318,025 $ 428,770 $ 371,975 $ 166,712 $ 205,633 $ 162,043 $ 2,075,013 Gross charge-offs $ 13 $ 27 $ 37 $ 1 $ — $ 312 $ 413 $ 803 Commitments to Extend Credit Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer if all conditions of the commitment have been met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s evaluation of the customer’s ability to repay. Unfunded loan commitments totaled approximately $545.7 million and $509.6 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including 90
Page 91
Table of Contents commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Commitments under standby letters of credit totaled approximately $14.5 million and $11.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company estimates expected credit losses for unfunded commitments over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk through a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The reserve for unfunded commitments is recorded within accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and the related provision is recorded in provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life. The loss rates computed for each pool and expected pool-level funding rates are applied to the related unfunded commitment balance to obtain the reserve amount. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the reserve on unfunded commitments was $642,000. The following table summarizes the reserve for unfunded commitments for the periods indicated: As of and for the Years Ended December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Reserve for unfunded commitments at beginning of period $ 642 $ 442 Provision for credit losses — 200 Reserve for unfunded commitments at end of period $ 642 $ 642 The $2.3 million provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2025, is all for loans. The $1.2 million provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2024, includes $1.0 million for loans and $200,000 for unfunded commitments. 4. Premises and Equipment, Net Components of premises and equipment were as follows: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Land $ 20,514 $ 20,508 Buildings 44,306 44,104 Leasehold improvements 2,877 2,877 Furniture and equipment 15,806 15,356 Vehicles 406 395 Computer equipment 3,924 3,642 Projects in process 3,597 2,347 Total premises and equipment 91,430 89,229 Less: Accumulated depreciation (32,160) (29,788) Premises and equipment, net $ 59,270 $ 59,441 Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $2.7 million, $2.5 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. (1,2) (1) (2) 91
Page 92
Table of Contents 5. Deposits Deposits were $2.96 billion and $2.81 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. This increase was primarily a result of higher customer deposit balances combined with the timing of funds from public entity customers. Deposits are summarized below: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 913,868 $ 866,496 Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing demand deposits 198,724 154,720 NOW accounts 490,376 467,118 Money market accounts 580,949 556,769 Savings accounts 168,889 169,894 Time deposits less than or equal to $250,000 407,539 403,096 Time deposits greater than $250,000 203,067 187,013 Total interest-bearing deposits 2,049,544 1,938,610 Total deposits $ 2,963,412 $ 2,805,106 As of December 31, 2025, the scheduled maturities of all outstanding time deposits were as follows: Years ending December 31, Amount (in thousands) 2026 $ 573,907 2027 18,201 2028 7,791 2029 3,908 2030 4,239 Thereafter 2,560 $ 610,606 Collateral for Deposits As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, securities and FHLB of Dallas letters of credit with values of approximately $302.4 million and $287.5 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure public entity deposits. 6. Other Borrowed Funds The Company has established borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Dallas, the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window facility, and other correspondent banks to provide additional sources of operating funds. As of December 31, 2025, total borrowing capacity from these sources was $1.13 billion. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under these agreements. 7. Leases The Company has operating leases on several of its banking centers and office facilities. These operating leases contain renewal options for periods ranging from one to five years that expire at various dates through October 31, 2033, with no residual value guarantees. Lease expenses are included as a component of occupancy and equipment expenses within the accompanying consolidated statements of income. 92
Page 93
Table of Contents The table below summarizes the components of total lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023: December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Amortization of right-of-use assets $ 496 $ 581 $ 643 Other operating leases 221 113 72 Non-lease components 31 28 8 Total Lease Expense $ 748 $ 722 $ 723 Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities totaled $505,000, $571,000, and $625,000 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The table below summarizes other information related to the Company’s measurement of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024: December 31, 2025 2024 Weighted average remaining operating lease term 4.77 years 5.51 years Weighted average operating lease discount rate 3.3% 3.3% Future obligations over the primary and renewal option terms of the Company’s lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025, were as follows: Years Ending December 31, Amount (in thousands) 2026 $ 321 2027 264 2028 267 2029 269 2030 271 Thereafter 352 Total lease payments 1,744 Less: Imputed interest (200) Present value of lease liabilities $ 1,544 8. Income Tax Expense The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, were as follows: Years Ended December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Current tax expense $ 11,058 $ 7,382 $ 8,395 Deferred tax expense (benefit) (696) 764 (330) Income tax expense $ 10,362 $ 8,146 $ 8,065 93
Page 94
Table of Contents The source and tax effect of items reconciling income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the federal income tax rates in effect to income before income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 are as follows: December 31, 2025 2024 2023 (dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Income before income tax expense$ 53,126 100.0% $ 42,381 100.0% $ 42,944 100.0% U.S. federal income tax expense 11,156 21.0% 8,900 21.0% 9,018 21.0% State income tax expense 28 0.1% 22 0.1% 26 0.1% Tax exempt income (772) (1.5%) (718) (1.7%) (914) (2.2%) Other non-taxable/non-deductible items(116) (0.2%) (98) (0.3%) (92) (0.2%) Other 66 0.1% 40 0.1% 27 0.1% Income tax expense $ 10,362 19.5% $ 8,146 19.2% $ 8,065 18.8% State taxes in Florida made up the majority (greater than fifty percent) of the tax effect in this category. The Company records deferred income taxes on the tax effect of changes in temporary differences. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are subject to a valuation allowance unless their realization is more likely than not. The deferred tax assets (liabilities) were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Depreciation $ (3,452) $ (3,377) FHLB of Dallas stock dividends (56) (39) Equity security valuation (4) (6) Other (74) (338) Gross deferred tax liability (3,586) (3,760) Allowance for credit losses 4,923 4,683 Allowance for operational losses 59 55 Health insurance self fund 524 340 Deferred compensation 963 831 Unrealized loss on securities 11,521 16,015 Advance payments from vendors 197 302 Accrued bonus 579 512 Gross deferred tax asset 18,766 22,738 Net deferred tax asset (liability) $ 15,180 $ 18,978 9. Employee Benefits The Company adopted a contributory retirement plan for employees of the Bank effective March 1, 1999, and amended effective January 1, 2022. The contributory retirement plan covers all employees who meet the length of service and the number of hours worked requirements and elect to participate. Discretionary employer contributions during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, totaled approximately $1.0 million, $816,000, and $780,000, respectively. The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key employees. The Bank is the beneficiary of the BOLI policies, which have cash surrender value and death benefit components. The Bank uses a portion of the income generated from the BOLI policies to fund the expenses for nonqualified, noncontributory supplemental executive retirement agreements with certain employees. The supplemental executive retirement agreements provide post-retirement benefit payments to those employees. The liability related to these agreements was $4.7 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 10. Stock-Based Compensation Plans Equity Incentive Plans On April 17, 2008, the Company adopted its 2008 Plan, which provided for the grant of stock-based awards for key employees and non- employee members of the Company’s board of directors. The 2008 Plan expired on December 31, (1) (1) 94
Page 95
Table of Contents 2018, and no new awards were granted under this plan after that date. As of December 31, 2020, all granted stock options under the 2008 Plan had been exercised. Effective July 1, 2023, all restricted stock awards had vested or been forfeited and the 2008 Plan was completed. On October 25, 2018, the Company adopted its 2018 Plan, which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in April of 2019. The 2018 Plan provides for the granting of stock-based awards to key employees, directors, and consultants. The Compensation Committee administers the 2018 Plan, makes determinations with respect to participation, and authorizes stock-based awards under the plan. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Plan was 200,000 shares. The status of the Company’s 2018 Plan is presented below: 2018 Plan Number ofShares Awards available for issuance - December 31, 2023 166,100 Awards granted (12,450) Awards forfeited 575 Awards available for issuance - December 31, 2024 154,225 Awards granted (11,100) Awards forfeited 975 Awards available for issuance - December 31, 2025 144,100 All disclosures for restricted stock shown below relate to outstanding awards under the 2008 and 2018 Plans. Restricted Stock Awards The restricted stock awards issued under the 2008 and 2018 Plans provide common stock to recipients at the grant date. The restrictions vest in twenty percent increments on the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Compensation expense for these grants is recognized ratably over the vesting period of the awards based on the fair value of the stock at the grant date. During 2025, the Compensation Committee granted 11,100 restricted stock awards with a weighted average fair value of $52.01, and 975 restricted stock awards with a weighted average fair value of $50.36 were forfeited. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the compensation expense for the vested restricted stock was $440,000. As of December 31, 2025, there was approximately $1.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years. During 2024, the Compensation Committee granted 12,450 restricted stock awards with a weighted average fair value of $49.02, and 575 restricted stock awards with a weighted average fair value of $49.22 were forfeited. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the compensation expense for the vested restricted stock was $370,000. As of December 31, 2024, there was approximately $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards. That cost was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the compensation expense for the vested restricted stock was $319,000. The Company funds the restricted stock from authorized, but unissued, shares. 95
Page 96
Table of Contents The status of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock is presented below: Nonvested Restricted Stock Number ofShares WeightedAverage GrantDate Fair Value Nonvested - December 31, 2022 19,855 $ 49.33 Granted 9,300 $ 48.11 Vested (5,870) $ 47.18 Forfeited (1,940) $ 49.51 Nonvested - December 31, 2023 21,345 $ 49.40 Granted 12,450 $ 49.02 Vested (6,460) $ 48.90 Forfeited (575) $ 49.22 Nonvested - December 31, 2024 26,760 $ 49.35 Granted 11,100 $ 52.01 Vested (7,595) $ 49.11 Forfeited (975) $ 50.36 Nonvested - December 31, 2025 29,290 $ 50.41 Director Compensation Program The Company has a Director Compensation Program. This program allows directors the option of receiving their board attendance fees in Company stock in lieu of cash. Under the program, director fees are earned and expensed in the year board services are rendered, and the related stock is issued the following year. The Director Compensation Program stock earned and the issuance of shares as board compensation for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 were as follows: Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Share-based board compensation earned $ 60 $ 62 $ 42 Issuance of shares of common stock as board compensation: Number of shares issued 994 811 1,660 Equity impact of shares issued $ 55 $ 41 $ 85 11. Self-Insurance The Company is self-insured for group health insurance. The Company’s liability is limited to the aggregate policy deductible of $135,000 per individual with a maximum of approximately $4.5 million for the group. The Company has reflected its estimated liability for known and incurred but not reported claims in the accompanying financial statements. 12. Off-Balance Sheet Contractual Obligations and Contingencies The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments. The Company’s exposure is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Investment Commitments In 2014, the Company committed to an investment into an SBIC limited partnership. As of December 31, 2025, there was a $226,000 outstanding commitment to this partnership. In 2025, this fund began its wind-down phase. In 2020, the Company committed to a second investment into an SBIC limited partnership. As of December 31, 2025, there was a $1.9 million outstanding commitment to this partnership. In 2021, the Company committed to an investment into JAM FINTOP, a bank technology limited partnership. As of December 31, 2025, there was a $277,000 outstanding commitment to this partnership. 96
Page 97
Table of Contents On September 26, 2025, the Company committed to a third investment into an SBIC limited partnership. As of December 31, 2025, there was a $2.8 million outstanding commitment to this partnership. Construction Commitment The Company has two committed construction agreements to construct a new lending headquarters building in the Northwest market and a new banking center in the Acadiana market. There was approximately $3.6 million remaining on these commitments as of December 31, 2025. Contingencies The Company and the Bank are involved, from time to time, in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these claims or litigation cannot be determined at this time, in the opinion of management, neither the Company nor the Bank are involved in such legal proceedings that the resolution is expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. 13. Related Party Transactions In the ordinary course of business, certain officers, directors, and principal shareholders, as well as their immediate family members and their affiliates, maintain a variety of banking relationships with the Company. An analysis of loan activity to these related parties is as follows: Years Ended December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Loan balance - beginning of period $ 28,557 $ 30,058 New loans 4,504 7,044 Changes in relationships, net (3,031) (1,029) Repayments (5,866) (7,516) Loan balance - end of period $ 24,164 $ 28,557 As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, deposits from directors, executive officers, their immediate family members, and their affiliates totaled approximately $73.9 million and $75.7 million, respectively. 14. Fair Value The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair Value Disclosure Securities AFS, loans HFS, and equity securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as collateral dependent loans, foreclosed assets, and certain other assets. The nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures indicates that assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value according to a fair value hierarchy comprised of three levels: • Level 1 pricing represents quotes on the exact financial instrument that is traded in active markets. Quoted prices on actively traded equities, for example, are in this category. • Level 2 pricing is derived from observable data including market spreads, current and projected rates, prepayment data, and credit quality. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. • Level 3 pricing is derived without the use of observable data. In such cases, mark-to-model strategies are typically employed. Often, these types of instruments have no active market, possess unique characteristics, and are thinly traded. The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value: Securities AFS and Equity Securities: The fair values for securities AFS are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). 97
Page 98
Table of Contents Loans HFS: Residential mortgage loans originated and held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an individual basis. The fair values of mortgage loans HFS are based on commitments on hand from investors within the secondary market for loans with similar characteristics. As such, the fair value adjustments for mortgage loans HFS are recurring Level 2. Loans HFI: The Company does not record loans HFI at fair value on a recurring basis. Loans for which it was probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are evaluated individually to determine if any credit loss exists. For loans evaluated on an individual basis that are collateral dependent, the fair value is estimated by applying a discount factor to the collateral value then deducting the estimated cost to sell. For loans evaluated on an individual basis that are not collateral dependent, the discounted cash flow method is utilized to determine the fair value. When a loan experiences a credit loss with specific allocated losses determined by the fair value method, the Company considers the collateral dependent loan as nonrecurring Level 3. Foreclosed Assets: Foreclosed assets, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, are reported at fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs (Level 2). However, foreclosed assets are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because management has qualitatively applied a discount due to the size, supply of inventory, and the incremental discounts applied to the appraisals. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on the market, and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis The table below presents the recorded amount of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: (in thousands) Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2025 Loans HFS $ 3,148 $ — $ 3,148 $ — Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 410,029 $ — $ 410,029 $ — Municipal bonds $ 171,300 $ — $ 171,300 $ — U.S. agency securities $ 65,981 $ — $ 65,981 $ — Equity securities $ 3,031 $ 3,031 $ — $ — December 31, 2024 Loans HFS $ 2,547 $ — $ 2,547 $ — Securities AFS: Mortgage-backed securities $ 307,100 $ — $ 307,100 $ — Municipal bonds $ 168,843 $ — $ 168,843 $ — U.S. Treasury securities $ 10,932 $ — $ 10,932 $ — U.S. agency securities $ 63,273 $ — $ 63,273 $ — Equity securities $ 2,937 $ 2,937 $ — $ — There were no transfers between Level 1, 2, or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2025 or 2024. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities: Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances. Financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include certain individually evaluated collateral dependent loans reported at fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Prior to foreclosure of these loans, fair value of the collateral is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. 98
Page 99
Table of Contents The table below presents certain collateral dependent loans that were remeasured and reported at fair value through the ACL based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral as of the dates indicated: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Carrying value of collateral dependent loans before allowance $ 9,797 $ 1,672 Specific allowance (845) (658) Fair value of collateral dependent loans $ 8,952 $ 1,014 The Company had no financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities: Certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These include certain foreclosed assets, which are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the ACL upon initial recognition as a foreclosed asset. Subsequent to their initial recognition, certain foreclosed assets are remeasured at fair value through an adjustment included in other noninterest income. The fair value of foreclosed assets is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria less estimated selling costs. The following table presents foreclosed assets that were remeasured and reported at fair value as of the dates indicated: December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition: Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement $ 40 $ 38 Charge-offs (4) — Fair value of foreclosed assets $ 36 $ 38 There were no foreclosed assets that were remeasured subsequent to initial recognition and reported at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Company had no nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The unobservable inputs used for the Level 3 fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis were as follows: (dollars in thousands)Fair Value ValuationTechnique Unobservable Input DiscountRanges WeightedAverageDiscount December 31, 2025 Collateral dependentloans $ 14,409 Discountedappraisals Collateral discounts and costs to sell0% - 100% 6.04% Foreclosed assets $ 36 Discountedappraisals Collateral discounts and costs to sell0% - 12% 11.11% December 31, 2024 Collateral dependentloans $ 7,841 Discountedappraisals Collateral discounts and costs to sell0% - 100% 8.90% Foreclosed assets $ 38 Discountedappraisals Collateral discounts and costs to sell N/A N/A 99
Page 100
Table of Contents Fair Value of Financial Instruments The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, were as follows: (in thousands) CarryingAmount Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2025 Financial assets: Cash and due from banks $ 25,685 $ 25,685 $ 25,685 $ — $ — Interest-bearing deposits in other banks $ 187,707 $ 187,707 $ 187,707 $ — $ — Securities AFS $ 647,310 $ 647,310 $ — $ 647,310 $ — Securities HTM $ 122,619 $ 104,371 $ — $ 104,371 $ — Equity securities $ 3,031 $ 3,031 $ 3,031 $ — $ — Nonmarketable equity securities $ 2,407 $ 2,407 $ — $ 2,407 $ — Loans HFS $ 3,148 $ 3,148 $ — $ 3,148 $ — Loans HFI, net of allowance $ 2,225,270 $ 2,151,923 $ — $ — $ 2,151,923 Accrued interest receivable $ 11,131 $ 11,131 $ — $ — $ 11,131 Financial liabilities: Deposits $ 2,963,412 $ 2,961,310 $ — $ 2,961,310 $ — Accrued interest payable $ 6,128 $ 6,128 $ — $ 6,128 $ — December 31, 2024 Financial assets: Cash and due from banks $ 30,558 $ 30,558 $ 30,558 $ — $ — Interest-bearing deposits in other banks $ 238,417 $ 238,417 $ 238,417 $ — $ — Securities AFS $ 550,148 $ 550,148 $ — $ 550,148 $ — Securities HTM $ 131,796 $ 108,990 $ — $ 108,990 $ — Equity securities $ 2,937 $ 2,937 $ 2,937 $ — $ — Nonmarketable equity securities $ 2,328 $ 2,328 $ — $ 2,328 $ — Loans HFS $ 2,547 $ 2,547 $ — $ 2,547 $ — Loans HFI, net of allowance $ 2,053,282 $ 1,923,754 $ — $ — $ 1,923,754 Accrued interest receivable $ 10,048 $ 10,048 $ — $ — $ 10,048 Financial liabilities: Deposits $ 2,805,106 $ 2,801,310 $ — $ 2,801,310 $ — Accrued interest payable $ 7,583 $ 7,583 $ — $ 7,583 $ — 15. Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. Basel III Capital Requirements The Company and the Bank are subject to Basel III capital guidelines. Basel III requires the Company and the Bank to maintain certain minimum ratios to meet capital adequacy requirements. It is management’s belief that, as of December 31, 2025, both the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements under Basel III. Management expects that the capital ratios for the Company and the Bank under Basel III will continue to exceed capital adequacy requirements. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2025, the Bank is well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. 100
Page 101
Table of Contents Capital amounts and ratios for the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, are presented in the following table (Basel III Minimum includes the capital conservation buffer): Actual Basel III Minimum (dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio December 31, 2025 Total Risk-Based Capital $ 430,986 18.03% $ 250,995 10.50% Tier I Risk-Based Capital $ 406,945 17.02% $ 203,186 8.50% Common Equity Tier I Capital $ 406,945 17.02% $ 167,330 7.00% Tier I Leverage Capital $ 406,945 12.21% $ 133,321 4.00% December 31, 2024 Total Risk-Based Capital $ 400,813 18.13% $ 232,161 10.50% Tier I Risk-Based Capital $ 378,440 17.12% $ 187,940 8.50% Common Equity Tier I Capital $ 378,440 17.12% $ 154,774 7.00% Tier I Leverage Capital $ 378,440 11.86% $ 127,615 4.00% Capital amounts and ratios for the Bank as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, are presented in the following table (Basel III Minimum includes the capital conservation buffer): Regulatory Requirements Actual Basel III Minimum Well-Capitalized (dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio December 31, 2025 Total Risk-Based Capital $ 421,929 17.66% $ 250,916 10.50% $ 238,968 10.00% Tier I Risk-Based Capital $ 397,888 16.65% $ 203,123 8.50% $ 191,174 8.00% Common Equity Tier I Capital $ 397,888 16.65% $ 167,277 7.00% $ 155,329 6.50% Tier I Leverage Capital $ 397,888 11.94% $ 133,274 4.00% $ 166,593 5.00% December 31, 2024 Total Risk-Based Capital $ 393,743 17.81% $ 232,092 10.50% $ 221,040 10.00% Tier I Risk-Based Capital $ 371,370 16.80% $ 187,884 8.50% $ 176,832 8.00% Common Equity Tier I Capital $ 371,370 16.80% $ 154,728 7.00% $ 143,676 6.50% Tier I Leverage Capital $ 371,370 11.64% $ 127,582 4.00% $ 159,477 5.00% This column refers to the prompt corrective action requirements applicable to banks. Community Bank Leverage Ratio Framework As part of the Economic Growth Act, an optional CBLR framework is available to the Company and the Bank as an alternative to the Basel III risk-based capital framework. The CBLR framework provides for a simple measure of capital adequacy for certain community banking organizations. Specifically, depository institutions and depository institution holding companies that have less than $10.0 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a Tier I leverage ratio of greater than 9.00%, are considered qualifying community banking organizations eligible to opt into the CBLR framework and replace the applicable Basel III risk-based capital requirements. In December 2025, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would, among other things, lower the 9.00% leverage ratio requirement to 8.00%. As of December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank qualify for the CBLR framework. Management does not intend to utilize the CBLR framework. 16. Equity Events Cash Dividends As a Louisiana corporation, the Company is subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the LBCA. Generally, a Louisiana corporation may pay dividends to its shareholders unless, after giving effect to the dividend, either: (1) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business; or (2) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities and the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were (1) (1) 101
Page 102
Table of Contents to be dissolved at the time of the payment of the dividend, to satisfy the preferential rights of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the dividend. The Company’s status as a bank holding company also affects its ability to pay dividends in two additional ways. First, since the Company is a holding company with no material business activities of its own, its ability to pay dividends could become dependent upon the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to it in the form of dividends, loans, and advances. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to the Company is itself subject to various legal, regulatory, and other restrictions, and the present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of its board of directors. Second, as a bank holding company, the Company’s payment of dividends must comply with the laws, regulations, and policies of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has issued a supervisory letter on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that: (1) the holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of any dividends previously paid during that period, is sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet, and is not in danger of failing to meet, minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by Louisiana Banking Law, the FDIA, and FDIC regulations. In general, the board of directors of a Louisiana state bank may, quarterly, semiannually, or annually, declare or pay dividends on its outstanding capital stock, provided that the bank has surplus at least equal to 50.0% of its capital stock and such surplus will not be reduced below 50.0% following payment of the dividend. Prior approval of the OFI is required for a Louisiana state bank to pay any dividend that would exceed its net profits earned during the current year combined with its retained net profits of the immediately preceding year. In general terms, the FDIA and FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank. The Bank and the Company have internal policies regarding dividends. Neither entity would ordinarily pay dividends if following the payment, the entity would not meet minimum capital adequacy plus the CCB requirements. The exception to this policy is in situations where the payment of a dividend from the Bank to the Company is necessary for the Company to be able to meet its obligations, and as long as, after such payment the Bank would still meet minimum capital adequacy requirements. Also, the Company’s internal policy requires that the Company maintain a common stockholders’ equity to total assets ratio of greater than 7.0% and that trust preferred securities are less than 25.0% of capital. Taking into consideration the Company’s performance and capital levels, cash dividends were paid in 2025, 2024, and 2023. Stock Repurchases On December 19, 2024, the Company’s board of directors approved the renewal of the 2024 stock repurchase program that expired on December 31, 2024. The 2025 stock repurchase program authorized the Company to purchase up to $5.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025. Repurchases were made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, and in privately negotiated transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 11,748 shares of its common stock on the open market at an aggregate cost of $656,000, excluding excise tax, under the stock repurchase program. The 2025 stock repurchase program expired on December 31, 2025, with $4.3 million of remaining availability. On May 22, 2025, the Company entered into a privately negotiated stock repurchase agreement for the purchase of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $5.1 million, excluding excise tax. This repurchase was supplemental to the Company’s 2025 stock repurchase program and did not impact the amount of permitted repurchases thereunder. On August 7, 2025, the Company entered into a privately negotiated stock repurchase agreement for the purchase of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $5.3 million, excluding excise tax. This repurchase was supplemental to the Company’s 2025 stock repurchase program and did not impact the amount of permitted repurchases thereunder. Effective January 1, 2023, stock repurchases are subject to a nondeductible excise tax under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 equal to 1.0% of the fair market value of the shares repurchased, subject to certain limitations. For the year ended December 31, 2025, $111,000 of stock repurchase excise tax was recorded. On December 18, 2025, the Company’s board of directors approved the renewal and increase of the 2025 stock repurchase program that expired on December 31, 2025. The renewed and increased 2026 stock repurchase program authorizes the Company to purchase up to $10.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2026 through December 31, 2026. Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing prices and based on market conditions, or in privately negotiated transactions. AOCI - Transfer of Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Securities AFS and HTM In 2022, the Company reclassified $166.3 million, net of $17.9 million of unrealized loss, from securities AFS to securities HTM. The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities HTM. At the date of 102
Page 103
Table of Contents transfer, the net unrealized loss of $17.9 million, of which $14.2 million, net of tax, was included in AOCI and is being amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment, in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security. There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer. As of December 31, 2025, the net unamortized, unrealized loss remaining on the transferred securities included in the consolidated balance sheets totaled $11.7 million, of which $9.2 million, net of tax, was included in AOCI. 17. Earnings Per Common Share Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, after giving retroactive effect to stock splits. Diluted EPS includes accrued but unissued shares relating to the Director Compensation Program, stock options, and restricted stock determined using the treasury stock method. The dilutive EPS calculation assumes all outstanding stock options to purchase common stock have been exercised at the beginning of the year, and the pro forma proceeds from the exercised options and restricted stock are used to purchase common stock at the average fair market valuation price. The computations of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the Company were as follows: Years Ended December 31, (in thousands, except share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 Numerator: Net income - basic $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Net income - diluted $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Denominator: Weighted average shares outstanding - basic 6,677,053 6,898,286 7,164,314 Plus: Effect of Director Compensation Program 840 1,139 741 Plus: Effect of restricted stock 27,284 18,635 16,673 Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted 6,705,177 6,918,060 7,181,728 Earnings per common share: Basic $ 6.40 $ 4.96 $ 4.87 Diluted $ 6.38 $ 4.95 $ 4.86 103
Page 104
Table of Contents 18. Segment Reporting The Company is engaged primarily in providing a fully integrated suite of banking products and services consistently across all of its markets. The Company has identified the Executive Management Committee of the Bank as the Company’s CODM. The Executive Management Committee of the Bank is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Banking Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Credit Policy Officer, General Counsel, and several division heads that report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM assesses performance and decides how to allocate resources based on net income as reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. While the CODM monitors the revenue streams of the various banking products, services, and markets, banking operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Company’s banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. The Company’s banking operations accounting policies are the same as those described in “Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies.” Segment assets are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in total assets. The CODM uses net income and assets in deciding whether to reinvest profits into banking products, services, and markets or into other Company priorities like dividends, share repurchases, or acquisitions. Actual net income and assets are compared to budgeted metrics to assist in operating and financial decisions and future activities. Financial results for the banking operations segment are presented in the table below: As of and for the Years Ended December 31, (in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Interest and dividend income $ 149,886 $ 137,230 $ 118,568 Interest expense 44,329 47,936 32,130 Provision for credit losses 2,300 1,200 735 Noninterest income 19,964 20,441 21,114 Depreciation and amortization 3,546 3,219 2,746 Other operating expenses 66,549 62,935 61,127 Income before income tax expense 53,126 42,381 42,944 Income tax expense 10,362 8,146 8,065 Segment net income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Adjustments and reconciling items — — — Consolidated net income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Total Assets $ 3,350,910 $ 3,149,594 $ 3,128,810 104
Page 105
Table of Contents 19. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) The following tables present certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information regarding the Company’s results of operations for each of the eight consecutive quarters in the fiscal years of 2025 and 2024. This information is derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that include, in the Company’s opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation when read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. 2025 (in thousands, except per share data) 4th Quarter 3rd Quarter 2nd Quarter 1st Quarter Interest and dividend income $ 39,199 $ 38,149 $ 36,730 $ 35,808 Interest expense 10,958 11,263 10,911 11,198 Net interest income 28,241 26,886 25,819 24,610 Provision for credit losses 750 650 450 450 Net interest income after provision for credit losses 27,491 26,236 25,369 24,160 Noninterest income 4,949 5,025 4,718 5,272 Operating expenses 18,251 17,889 17,367 16,588 Income tax expense 2,774 2,571 2,524 2,492 Net income $ 11,415 $ 10,801 $ 10,196 $ 10,352 Earnings per share Basic $ 1.74 $ 1.63 $ 1.51 $ 1.53 Diluted $ 1.73 $ 1.63 $ 1.51 $ 1.52 2024 (in thousands, except per share data) 4th Quarter 3rd Quarter 2nd Quarter 1st Quarter Interest and dividend income $ 35,630 $ 34,901 $ 33,681 $ 33,018 Interest expense 11,943 12,444 11,894 11,655 Net interest income 23,687 22,457 21,787 21,363 Provision for credit losses 300 300 300 300 Net interest income after provision for credit losses 23,387 22,157 21,487 21,063 Noninterest income 4,995 5,419 5,098 4,928 Operating expenses 16,840 16,752 16,689 15,873 Income tax expense 2,236 2,070 1,909 1,930 Net income $ 9,306 $ 8,754 $ 7,987 $ 8,188 Earnings per share Basic $ 1.37 $ 1.28 $ 1.16 $ 1.16 Diluted $ 1.37 $ 1.27 $ 1.16 $ 1.16 105
Page 106
Table of Contents 20. Parent Company Financial Statements PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except share amounts) December 31, 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 8,804 $ 6,653 Investment in subsidiary bank 356,093 312,669 Other assets 642 621 Total Assets $ 365,539 $ 319,943 LIABILITIES Accrued expenses and other liabilities $ 389 $ 204 Total Liabilities 389 204 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Preferred stock, no par value: Authorized - 1,000,000 shares; None Issued and Outstanding — — Common stock, no par value: Authorized - 30,000,000 shares; Issued and Outstanding -6,576,609 and 6,777,238 shares, respectively 27,543 38,655 Additional paid-in capital 3,217 2,777 Retained earnings 377,731 338,554 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (43,341) (60,247) Total Stockholders’ Equity 365,150 319,739 Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 365,539 $ 319,943 106
Page 107
Table of Contents PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME Dividend income from subsidiaries $ 17,200 $ 20,500 $ 2,500 Total Interest and Dividend Income 17,200 20,500 2,500 NONINTEREST INCOME Other income 380 1 2 Total Noninterest Income 380 1 2 OPERATING EXPENSES Technology expenses 200 181 105 Legal and professional expenses 1,334 869 764 Other operating expenses 54 2 89 Total Operating Expenses 1,588 1,052 958 Income (Loss) Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 15,992 19,449 1,544 Income tax expense (benefit) (254) (220) (201) Income (Loss) Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries16,246 19,669 1,745 Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 26,518 14,566 33,134 Net Income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 107
Page 108
Table of Contents PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income $ 42,764 $ 34,235 $ 34,879 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)operating activities: Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (26,518) (14,566) (33,134) Other operating activities, net 241 350 424 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 16,487 20,019 2,169 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capital contribution in partnerships (125) (90) (160) Return of capital in partnerships 432 — — Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 307 (90) (160) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repurchase of common stock, excluding excise tax (11,056) (16,309) (4,999) Cash dividends (3,587) (2,483) (2,289) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (14,643) (18,792) (7,288) Net change in cash and cash equivalents 2,151 1,137 (5,279) Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year 6,653 5,516 10,795 Cash and cash equivalents - end of year $ 8,804 $ 6,653 $ 5,516 108
Page 109
Table of Contents Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures As of the end of the period covered by this Report, an evaluation was performed by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well-designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting Management of Red River Bancshares, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with GAAP. All internal control systems, no matter how well-designed, have inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial reporting. As of December 31, 2025, management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on the assessment, management determined that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, has been audited by EisnerAmper, an independent registered public accounting firm. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Report. Changes in internal control over financial reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information On March 10, 2026, Kirk D. Cooper, who is currently serving as a director of the Company and the Bank, provided us with notice of his decision to retire from the board of directors of the Company and the Bank at the end of his current term, which expires at our 2026 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 7, 2026. His decision to retire was not due to a disagreement on any matter relating to the Company or Bank’s operations, policies, or practices. Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Not applicable. 109
Page 110
Table of Contents PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The following table sets forth the executive officers of the Company and the Bank, and the positions they hold, as of the date of this Report. Name Age Position with Red RiverBancshares, Inc. Position withRed River Bank Years ofBankingExperience Years withRed RiverBank Isabel V. Carriere,C.P.A., C.G.M.A. 59 Senior Executive Vice President,Chief Financial Officer, andAssistant Corporate Secretary Senior Executive Vice President, ChiefFinancial Officer, and AssistantCorporate Secretary 34 27 R. Blake Chatelain62 President and Chief ExecutiveOfficer President and Chief Executive Officer 44 27 Bryon C. Salazar 53 — Senior Executive Vice President —Chief Banking Officer 31 27 Tammi R. Salazar 56 — Senior Executive Vice President —Chief Operating Officer 33 27 A brief description of the background of each of the executive officers of the Company and the Bank is set forth below. Except for (1) the spousal relationship of Bryon C. Salazar, Senior Executive Vice President — Chief Banking Officer and a director of the Bank, and Tammi R. Salazar, Senior Executive Vice President — Chief Operating Officer of the Bank; and (2) the first cousin relationship of Tammi R. Salazar and R. Blake Chatelain, President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director of both the Company and the Bank, no executive officer has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, with any other executive officer or director. Isabel V. Carriere, C.P.A., C.G.M.A. Ms. Carriere serves as Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and the Bank and has been with our organization since 1999. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Carriere was manager of the Financial Planning Department at Whitney National Bank in New Orleans, Louisiana. From 1991 to 1997, she worked in the Financial Planning and Financial Reporting Department of First Commerce Corporation in New Orleans. Prior to joining First Commerce Corporation, Ms. Carriere was with KPMG Peat Marwick in New Orleans, where she was involved in auditing depository organizations and their holding companies. Ms. Carriere is a C.P.A., a C.G.M.A., and a graduate of the A.B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University, holding a B.S. in Management. R. Blake Chatelain. Mr. Chatelain serves as the President, Chief Executive Officer, and as a director of the Company and the Bank and has served in such capacities since he joined our organization in 1998. He is currently a member of our Executive Committee and the Bank’s Asset-Liability Management Committee, Compensation Committee, and Directors’ Loan Committee. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Chatelain served as Executive Vice President of Rapides Bank & Trust Company in Alexandria, Louisiana, a subsidiary of First Commerce Corporation in New Orleans, Louisiana, where he managed the commercial lending group from 1991 until its sale to Bank One Corporation in 1998. Prior to joining Rapides Bank & Trust Company, Mr. Chatelain served as Vice President at Hibernia National Bank in Monroe, Louisiana and was responsible for managing the commercial lending group. He is on the board of directors of Financial Institution Service Corporation, where he also serves on the Executive Committee of the board. Mr. Chatelain is also a director and member of the Executive Committee of the Louisiana Association of Business and Industry and a director of Louisiana Central. He served as a member of the Louisiana State University Board of Supervisors from 2008 through 2020, having previously served as Chairman of the Board as well as chairing several committees. Mr. Chatelain is a graduate of Louisiana State University and holds a B.S. in Finance. Bryon C. Salazar. Mr. Salazar serves as Senior Executive Vice President — Chief Banking Officer and a director of the Bank. He also chairs the Directors’ Loan Committee. He has been with our organization since 1998. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Salazar was a commercial banker with First Commerce Corporation in New Orleans, Louisiana. He served on the Board of Trustees of Rapides Regional Medical Center for a period of nine years, including serving as the Chair of the Board and Immediate Past Chair. He also served a three-year term on the Board of Directors of the Louisiana Bankers’ Association, in addition to a twelve-year term on the Board of Trustees of the Central Louisiana Port Commission that included four years as the Chair. Mr. Salazar is a graduate of Louisiana State University and holds a B.S. in Finance (Magna Cum Laude). 110
Page 111
Table of Contents Tammi R. Salazar. Ms. Salazar serves as Senior Executive Vice President — Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. She has been with our organization since 1998 and served as Executive Vice President — Private Banking, Mortgage, and Investments before assuming her current position in 2021. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Salazar was Vice President for Rapides Bank & Trust Company in Alexandria, Louisiana, a subsidiary of First Commerce Corporation in New Orleans, Louisiana. She has served on the Board of Trustees of The Rapides Foundation, having served as Board Chair, and on the Board of Directors of the Alexandria Country Day School. Ms. Salazar currently serves on the boards of directors of the Children’s Advocacy Network, River Oaks Art Center, and Christus Cabrini Foundation. She is a graduate of Louisiana Tech University and holds a B.S. in Finance. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report: (1) The following consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference from “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”: • Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 274) • Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 • Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 • Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 • Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 • Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 • Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (2) All supplemental financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or not required, or because the required information is contained in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. (3) Exhibits required to be filed are included in Item 15(b) below. (b) Exhibits: EXHIBITNUMBER DESCRIPTION 3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Red River Bancshares,Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798) 3.2 Red River Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’sCurrent Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2026, file number 001-38888) 4.1 Specimen common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement onForm S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798) 4.2 Description of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kfiled with the SEC on March 27, 2020, file number 001-38888) 111
Page 112
Table of Contents EXHIBITNUMBER DESCRIPTION 4.3 Form of Indenture for Senior Indebtedness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s RegistrationStatement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022, file number 333-266784) 4.4 Form of Indenture for Subordinated Indebtedness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s RegistrationStatement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022, file number 333-266784) 10.1 Red River Bancshares, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’sRegistration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.2 Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Red River Bancshares, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by referenceto Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2019 filed with the SEC onAugust 14, 2019, file number 001-38888)+ 10.3 Description of Red River Bank Discretionary Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Red River Bancshares,Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.4 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Red River Bank and R. Blake Chatelain (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 13, 2021, file number 001-38888)+ 10.5 Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement between Red River Bank and R. Blake Chatelain(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August9, 2024, file number 001-38888)+ 10.6 Composite Form of Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement between Red River Bank and eachof Isabel V. Carriere, Bryon C. Salazar, and Tammi R. Salazar*+ 10.7 Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and R. Blake Chatelain (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.16 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.8 Supplemental Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and R. Blake Chatelain (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to RedRiver Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021, file number 001-38888)+# 10.9 Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Bryon C. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.10 Supplemental Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Bryon C. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to RedRiver Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021, file number 001-38888)+# 10.11 Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Tammi R. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.18 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.12 First Amendment to the Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Tammi R. Salazar dated October 1,2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC onAugust 9, 2023, file number 001-38888)+ 10.13 Supplemental Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Tammi R. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to RedRiver Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021, file number 001-38888)+# 10.14 Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Isabel V. Carriere*+# 10.15 Supplemental Split-Dollar Agreement between Red River Bank and Isabel V. Carriere (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to RedRiver Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021, file number 001-38888)+# 10.16 Change in Control Agreement between Red River Bancshares, Inc. and Bryon C. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 toRed River Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019, file number 333-230798)+ 10.17 Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Red River Bancshares, Inc. and each of Isabel V. Carriere andTammi R. Salazar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed withthe SEC on August 13, 2021, file number 001-38888)+ 10.18 Red River Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Deferred Compensation Plan for Senior Management Employees of Red RiverBancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 31, 2019, file number 001-38888)+ 10.19 Red River Bancshares, Inc. and Red River Bank Amended and Restated Director Compensation Program (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 9, 2025, file number 001-38888)+ 10.20 Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated May 22, 2025, by and between Red River Bancshares, Inc., S3 Dynamics, L.P., and S3Management, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed withthe SEC on May 22, 2025, file number 001-38888) 10.21 Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated August 7, 2025, by and between Red River Bancshares, Inc., the Angela Katherine SimpsonIrrevocable Trust UA 25-NOV-03, John Charles Simpson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Red River Bancshares, Inc.’sCurrent Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 7, 2025, file number 001-38888) 19.1 Red River Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Insider Trading Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to Red River Bancshares,Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2025, file number 001-38888) 21.1 Subsidiaries of Red River Bancshares, Inc.* 23.1 Consent of EisnerAmper LLP* 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page)* 31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 112
Page 113
Table of Contents EXHIBITNUMBER DESCRIPTION 32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 32.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 97.1 Red River Bancshares, Inc. Incentive-Based Compensation Recovery Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to Red RiverBancshares, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2024, file number 001-38888) 101 The following information from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, is formatted in InlineExtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (1) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (2) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (3)the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (4) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity, (5) theConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (6) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 101.INS XBRL Instance Document - The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embeddedwithin the Inline XBRL document* 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document* 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document* 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document* 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document* 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File* - Formatted as Inline XBRL and contained within the Inline XBRL Instance Document in Exhibit 101. * Filed herewith ** These exhibits are furnished herewith and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwisesubject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act orthe Exchange Act. + Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. # Certain exhibits to the Agreements have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K. We will furnish the omitted exhibitsto the SEC upon request. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Not applicable. 113
Page 114
Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ R. Blake Chatelain R. Blake Chatelain President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints R. Blake Chatelain as his or her true and lawful attorney-in- fact and agent, with full and several powers of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully as to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ R. Blake Chatelain R. Blake Chatelain President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Isabel V. Carriere Isabel V. Carriere, CPA, CGMA Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, andAssistant Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Teddy R. Price Teddy R. Price Chair of the Board Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ M. Scott Ashbrook M. Scott Ashbrook Director Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Kirk D. Cooper Kirk D. Cooper Director Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Michael D. Crowell Michael D. Crowell Director 114
Page 115
Table of Contents Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Anna Brasher Moreau Anna Brasher Moreau , DDS, MS Director Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Willie P. Obey Willie P. Obey Director Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Don L. Thompson Don L. Thompson Director Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ H. Lindsey Torbett H. Lindsey Torbett Director 115
Page 116
Exhibit 10.6 Composite Form of Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement for Mses. Carriere and Salazar and Mr. Salazar AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AGREEMENT This Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 6th day of August, 2024, by and between Red River Bank, a Louisiana banking corporation (the “Bank”), and [Executive], an individual (“Executive”). RECITALS A. Executive is a valued employee of Bank. B. Executive and the Bank are parties to that certain Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement effective as of October 1, 2004, which was subsequently amended by Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement effective as of January 1, 2005 and Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement effective as of October 1, 2016 (as amended, the “Original Agreement”). C. Bank desires to continue to provide for the post-retirement needs of its employees in a responsible manner and to continue to make available to Executive certain supplemental retirement benefits. D. Bank and Executive desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to revise the vesting schedule of the benefits provided and to make certain other non-substantive updates. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, do agree as follows: 1. Supplemental Retirement Benefits. Pursuant to the Original Agreement, Bank established an unfunded retirement plan, the obligations under which shall be reflected on the general ledger of Bank (the “Retirement Account”). The Retirement Account shall be an unsecured liability of Bank to Executive, payable only as provided herein from the general funds of Bank. The Retirement Account is not a deposit or insured by the FDIC and does not constitute a trust account or any other special obligation of Bank and does not have priority of payment over any other general obligation of Bank. 2. Payment of Benefits. (a) On-Time Retirement. If Executive remains in the continual full-time employment of Bank (except for such breaks in service prescribed by law, such as the Family and Medical Leave Act, or as otherwise agreed in a writing expressly authorized by the Board of Directors of Bank) until the Full Benefits Date (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), then upon the date (the “Retirement Date”) on or after the Full Benefits Date on which Executive’s employment with the Bank is terminated for any reason other than For Cause (as hereinafter defined), Bank shall pay to Executive the Full Benefit (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) annually, payable in monthly installments beginning on the first business
Page 117
day of the first calendar month after the Retirement Date and on the first business day of each month thereafter until (but including) the fifteenth (15 ) anniversary of the Retirement Date. If Executive becomes deceased after the commencement of payments under this Section 2(a), but prior to the 15 anniversary of the Retirement Date, payments shall continue to be paid to the Executive’s beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 13, at the same time and in the same form as they would have been paid to Executive had Executive not died. (b) Early Termination. If Executive voluntarily resigns from full-time employment with Bank before the Full Benefits Date, or if Bank discharges Executive from full-time employment with Bank for any reason other than For Cause before the Full Benefits Date, Bank shall pay to Executive the Limited Benefit (as hereinafter defined) annually, payable in monthly installments beginning on the Full Benefits Date, and thereafter on the first business day of each month thereafter until (but including) the fifteenth (15 ) anniversary of the Full Benefits Date. For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Limited Benefit” shall be the amount set forth on Exhibit A corresponding to the year in which Executive’s employment terminates. If Executive becomes deceased after the commencement of payments under this Section 2(b), but prior to the fifteenth (15 ) anniversary of the Full Benefits Date, payments shall continue to be paid to the Executive’s beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 13, at the same time and in the same form as they would have been paid to Executive had Executive not died. (c) Disability. If Executive becomes Substantially Disabled (as hereinafter defined) and Executive’s full-time employment with Bank is terminated by Bank prior to the Full Benefits Date as a result, Bank shall pay to Executive the Limited Benefit annually, payable monthly beginning on the first business day of the calendar month following the Disability Determination Date (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Substantial Disability” shall mean the substantial physical or mental impairment of Executive which materially diminishes Executive’s ability to perform the services theretofore performed by Executive, for a period of six months or more, taking into consideration compliance by Bank with the reasonable accommodation provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The determination of whether Executive is “Substantially Disabled” shall be made by a licensed physician selected by Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Disability Determination Date” shall mean the date that is thirty (30) days following the date the Substantial Disability is determined. If Executive becomes deceased after the Disability Determination Date, but prior to the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the Disability Determination Date, payments shall continue to be paid to the Executive’s beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 13, at the same time and in the same form as they would have been paid to Executive had Executive not died until (but including) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the Disability Determination Date. (d) Discharge for Cause. Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if Executive’s employment by Bank is terminated as a result of, or in connection with: (i) regulatory suspension or removal of Executive from duty with Bank; (ii) gross and consistent dereliction of duty by Executive; (iii) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit by Executive; (iv) willful violation of any banking law or regulation; or (v) conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude (any of the foregoing referred to herein as “For Cause”), then Executive shall not be entitled to any supplemental retirement benefits provided for in this Agreement and this Agreement may be terminated by Bank without any liability whatsoever. The obligation of Bank to make any payments contemplated under this Agreement shall be suspended during the pendency of any indictment, information or similar charge regarding a felony or crime of moral turpitude, during any regulatory or other adjudicative proceeding concerning regulatory suspension or removal or, for a reasonable time (not to exceed ninety days), while the board of directors of Bank seeks to determine whether Executive could th th th th 2
Page 118
have been terminated For Cause even though Executive may have previously retired, resigned, become Substantially Disabled or been discharged other than For Cause. If during such period the board of directors determines that the Executive could have been discharged For Cause, this subsection (d) shall be applicable as if the Executive had been discharged For Cause. (e) Death Benefit. (i) Death Prior to Full Benefits Date. If Executive becomes deceased prior to the Full Benefits Date while in full-time employment with Bank or following a termination of employment with Bank for any reason other than discharge For Cause or due to Executive becoming Substantially Disabled, Executive’s beneficiary, as determined in accordance with Section 13, shall receive payment(s) in one of the following forms in accordance with Executive’s election under Section 2(e) (iii): (A) The Limited Benefit annually, payable in monthly installments beginning on the first business day of the first calendar month after the date of death and on the first business day of each month thereafter until (but including) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the date of death. (B) A lump sum cash payment, payable within 90 days of Executive’s death, equal to the present value of the payments set forth in Section 2(e)(i)(A) calculated as of the date of death based on a reasonable rate of interest as determined by Bank in its sole discretion. For purposes of this Section 2(e)(i), the Limited Benefit shall be the value set forth on Exhibit A corresponding to the year in which Executive becomes deceased or, if earlier, the year in which Executive’s employment terminates. (ii) Death Following Full Benefits Date. If Executive becomes deceased while in full-time employment with Bank following the Full Benefits Date, Executive’s beneficiary, as determined in accordance with Section 13, shall receive payment(s) in one of the following forms in accordance with Executive’s election under Section 2(e)(iii): (A) The Full Benefit annually, payable in monthly installments beginning on the first business day of the first calendar month after the date of death and on the first business day of each month thereafter until (but including) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the date of death. (B) A lump sum cash payment, payable within 90 days of Executive’s death, equal to the present value of the payments set forth in Section 2(e)(ii)(A) calculated as of the date of death based on a reasonable rate of interest as determined by Bank in its sole discretion. (iii) Deferral Election. An election under this Section 2(e) shall be made by Executive within thirty (30) days after Executive first becomes entitled to benefits under this Section 2(e). If Executive fails to make a timely election 3
Page 119
under this Section 2(e)(iii), the default election shall be a lump sum cash payment under Sections 2(e) (i)(B) and 2(e)(ii)(B). (f) Benefits Mutually Exclusive. Under no circumstances will Executive become entitled to more than one of the Full Benefit or the Limited Benefit. (g) Termination of Agreement. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12(l) of this Agreement before the Full Benefits Date, Bank shall pay to Executive the Limited Benefit (as set forth on Exhibit A corresponding to the year in which the Agreement is terminated). Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12(l) of this Agreement after the Full Benefits Date, Bank shall pay to Executive the Full Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2(g) shall be payable in monthly installments beginning on the Full Benefits Date, and thereafter on the first business day of each month thereafter until (but including) the fifteenth (15 ) anniversary of the Full Benefits Date. (h) Payments to Specified Employees. If the Executive is considered a ‘Specified Employee’ within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i) at the time the Executive becomes entitled to a benefit under Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) of this Agreement, payment of the benefit due under Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) will commence no earlier than the first day of the seventh (7 ) month following the Executive’s termination of employment with Bank. 3. Intent of Parties. Bank and Executive intend that this Agreement shall primarily provide supplemental retirement benefits to Executive as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of Bank for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as may be amended (“ERISA”). 4. ERISA Provisions. (a) The following provisions in this Agreement are part of this Agreement and are intended to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). (b) The “Named Fiduciary” is Bank. (c) The general corporate funds of Bank are the basis of payment of benefits under this Agreement. (d) For claims procedure purposes, the “Claims Manager” shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such other person named from time to time by notice to Executive. (i) If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Agreement is denied by Bank, the Claims Manager shall deliver to the claimant a written explanation setting forth the specific reasons for the denial, pertinent references to the Agreement section on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of his/her claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant for this purpose: (1) The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented orally or in writing to the Claims Manager. th th 4
Page 120
(2) The Claims Manager’s explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed. (ii) The claimant shall have 60 days following his/her receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Claims Manager a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or his/her representative may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments. (iii) The Claims Manager shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of his/her claim. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent Agreement provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not so furnished to the claimant within such 60 days, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (e) The Claims Manager has discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits. 5. Funding by Bank. (a) Bank shall be under no obligation to set aside, earmark or otherwise segregate any funds with which to pay its obligations under this Agreement. Executive shall be and remain an unsecured general creditor of Bank with respect to Bank’s obligations hereunder. Executive shall have no property interest in the Retirement Account or any other rights with respect thereto. (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Bank has no obligation whatsoever to purchase or maintain an actual life insurance policy with respect to Executive or otherwise. If Bank determines in its sole discretion to purchase a life insurance policy referable to the life of Executive, neither Executive nor Executive’s beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable ownership interest in, or lien on, such policy or any other specific funding or any other investment or to any asset of Bank. Bank, in its sole discretion, may determine the exact nature and method of funding (if any) of the obligations under this Agreement. If Bank elects to fund its obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the purchase of a life insurance policy, mutual funds, disability policy, annuity, or other security, Bank reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such method of funding at any time, in whole or in part. (c) If Bank, in its sole discretion, elects to invest in a life insurance, disability or annuity policy on the life of Executive, Executive shall assist Bank, from time to time, promptly upon the request of Bank, in obtaining such insurance policy by supplying any information necessary to obtain such policy as well as submitting to any physical examinations required therefor. Bank shall be responsible for the payment of all premiums with respect to any whole life, variable, or universal life insurance, disability or annuity policy purchased in connection with this Agreement unless otherwise expressly agreed. 6. [Intentionally Omitted] 5
Page 121
7. Competition with Bank. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to the following proviso), if Executive, directly or indirectly, at any time after the execution of this Agreement, owns, manages, operates, joins, controls or participates in or is employed by or gives consultation or advice to or extends credit to (other than through insured deposits) or otherwise is connected in any manner, directly or indirectly with, any bank, financial institution, firm, person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, company or other entity (other than the Bank or entities controlled or under common control with the Bank) that provides financial services, including, without limitation, retail or commercial lending services, and has an office in the State of Louisiana, then Bank shall have the option, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate Executive’s right to receive any benefits under this Agreement (and, to the extent Executive may already have begun receiving benefits hereunder, terminate Executive’s right to receive any further benefits hereunder); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7 shall prohibit Executive from owning less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of any company whose common stock is publicly traded. Any termination of benefits by Bank under the Section 7 shall be made by delivering written notice to Executive specifying the reason for such termination and the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, this Section 7 shall not apply following a Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall occur in the event of (i) a change in the ownership of the capital stock of Bank, or of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (“Company”) whereby a person or group (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Code”)) (a “Person”) acquires, directly or indirectly, ownership of a number of shares of capital stock of Bank or of Company which, together with capital stock already held by such Person, constitutes fifty percent (50%) or more of the total fair market value or of the combined voting power of Bank’s or of Company’s outstanding capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors; provided, however, that if a Person already owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the total fair market value or of the combined voting power of Bank’s or of Company’s outstanding capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors, the acquisition of additional capital stock by such Person is not considered a Change in Control of Bank or of Company; or (ii) a change in the effective control of Company whereby a majority of the persons who were members of the Board of Directors of Company are, within a twelve (12) month period, replaced by individuals whose appointment or election to Company’s Board of Directors is not endorsed by a majority of Company’s Board of Directors prior to such appointment or election; or (iii) a change in the ownership of the assets of Bank or of Company, whereby a Person acquires (or has acquired during a twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of Bank or of Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of Bank or of Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that there is no Change in Control if assets are transferred to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of Bank or of Company immediately after the transfer, nor is it a Change in Control if Bank or Company transfers assets to: (A) a shareholder of Bank or of Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the shareholder’s capital stock in Bank; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by Bank or Company; (C) a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding capital stock of Bank or of Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in paragraph (C) of this Section 7(iii). 8. Employment of Executive; Other Agreements. The benefits provided for herein for Executive are supplemental retirement benefits and shall not be deemed to modify, affect or limit any salary or salary increases, bonuses, profit sharing or any other type of compensation of Executive in any 6
Page 122
manner whatsoever. No provision contained in this Agreement shall in any way affect, restrict or limit any existing employment agreement between Bank and Executive, nor shall any provision or condition contained in this Agreement create specific employment rights of Executive or limit the right of Bank to discharge Executive with or without cause. Except as otherwise provided therein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of Executive to participate in or be covered by or under any qualified or non-qualified pension, profit sharing, group, bonus or other supplemental compensation, retirement or fringe benefit plan constituting any part of Bank’s compensation structure whether now or hereinafter existing. 9. Confidentiality. In further consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, Executive agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except as such may be disclosed in financial statements and tax returns, in connection with estate planning or in any of the Company’s public filings with the Securities Exchange Commission or other state or federal securities or regulatory agency, are and shall forever remain confidential until the death of Executive and Executive agrees that he/she shall not reveal the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement at any time to any person or entity, other than his/her financial and professional advisors unless required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction. 10. Leave of Absence. Bank may, in its sole discretion, permit Executive to take a leave of absence for a period not to exceed one year. Any such leave of absence must be approved by the board of directors of Bank and reflected in its minutes. If permitted under Section 409A of the Code, during this time, Executive will still be considered to be in the employ of Bank for purposes of this Agreement. 11. Withholding. Executive is responsible for payment of all taxes applicable to compensation and benefits paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement, including federal and state income tax withholding, except Bank shall be responsible for payment of all employment (FICA) taxes due to be paid by Bank pursuant to Section 3121(v) of the Code (i.e., FICA taxes on the present value of payments hereunder which are no longer subject to vesting). Executive agrees that appropriate amounts for withholding may be deducted from the cash salary, bonus or other payments due to Executive by Bank. If insufficient cash wages are available or if Executive so desires, Executive may remit payment in cash for the withholding amounts. 12. Miscellaneous Provisions. (a) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile transmission of an executed counterpart. (b) Construction. As used in this Agreement, the neuter gender shall include the masculine and the feminine, the masculine and feminine genders shall be interchangeable among themselves and each with the neuter, the singular numbers shall include the plural, and the plural the singular. The term “person” shall include all persons and entities of every nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, individuals, corporations, partnerships, governmental entities and associations. The terms “including,” “included,” “such as” and terms of similar import shall not imply the exclusion of other items not specifically enumerated. 7
Page 123
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or inconsistent with any present or future law, ruling, rule or regulation of any court, governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the subject matter of this Agreement, such provision shall be rescinded or modified in accordance with such law, ruling, rule or regulation and the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to the person or circumstances other than those as to which it is held inconsistent shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. (d) Governing Law. This Agreement is made in the State of Louisiana and shall be governed in all respects and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana, without regard to its conflicts of law principles, except to the extent superseded by the Federal laws of the United States. (e) Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon the parties, their respective successors, assigns, heirs and legal representatives. Without limiting the foregoing this Agreement shall be binding upon any successor of Bank whether by merger or acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or liabilities of Bank. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of each other party hereto. This Agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of Bank and Bank agrees to maintain an executed counterpart of this Agreement in a safe place as an official record of Bank. (f) No Trust. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between Bank and Executive, Executive’s designated beneficiary or any other person. (g) Assignment of Rights. None of the payments provided for by this Agreement shall be subject to seizure for payment of any debts or judgments against Executive or any beneficiary; nor shall Executive or any beneficiary have any right to transfer, modify, anticipate or encumber any rights or benefits hereunder; provided, however, that the undistributed portion of any benefit payable hereunder shall at all times be subject to set-off for debts owed by Executive to Bank. (h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with its exhibits, which are incorporated herein by reference) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, agreements and understandings, including the Original Agreement, whether oral or written, are hereby superseded, merged and integrated into this Agreement. (i) Notice. Any notice to be delivered under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by hand, or by first class, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Bank or the Executive, as applicable, at the address for such party set forth below or such other address designated by notice. 8
Page 124
Bank: Red River Bank 1412 Centre Court Drive, Suite 301 Alexandria, LA 71301 Attn: Chief Executive Officer Executive: [Executive] __________________________ __________________________ (j) Non-waiver. No delay or failure by either party to exercise any right under this Agreement, and no partial or single exercise of that right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right. (k) Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions. (l) Amendment and Termination. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties; provided, however, that Bank shall have the right to unilaterally amend this Agreement to the extent necessary to obtain favorable tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code. No waiver of any provision contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is asserted. Bank may terminate this Agreement in its entirety at any time by written notice to the Executive, provided that such termination and the payment of any benefit upon such termination complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Upon termination of the Agreement, benefits will be paid in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may accelerate the payment of any benefit under this Agreement in the event of termination of the Agreement, provided that termination of the Agreement and payment of benefits in connection therewith complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation sections 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(A), (B) and (C), permitting acceleration of the time of payment in connection with plan terminations. If Bank accelerates the timing of payment under this Section 12(l), Bank shall pay the Executive the then present value of the payments due to the Executive under Section 2 of the Agreement. In such case, the present value of the Executive’s benefit shall be determined using the interest rate published by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for private sector payments of immediate annuities under PBGC Reg. § 4022.7(e)(2) or any successor provision applicable to the month in which payment will be made. No discount shall be made for mortality. (m) Seal. The parties hereto intend this Agreement to have the effect of an agreement executed under the seal of each. (n) Section 409A. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (including the exceptions thereto) to the extent applicable, and this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such requirements. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or an exception thereto), such provision shall be deemed reformed so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or an exception thereto) and shall be interpreted and applied accordingly. 9
Page 125
13. Beneficiary Designation. Executive may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive Executive’s interest in this Agreement in the event of the Executive’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by Executive, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by Bank (see Exhibit B hereto) and shall be effective only when filed by Executive in writing with Bank during Executive’s lifetime. If Executive fails to designate a beneficiary, then Executive’s designated beneficiary shall be deemed to be Executive’s estate. [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.] 10
Page 126
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed, this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. BANK: RED RIVER BANK By: /s/ R. Blake Chatelain Its: President/CEO EXECUTIVE: /s/ Executive Executive 11
Page 127
EXHIBIT A VESTING SCHEDULE under the AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AGREEMENT Vesting Schedule – Isabel Carriere “Full Benefit” = $100,000 “Full Benefits Date” = December 31, 2028 Year Limited Benefit October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 $71,429 October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025 $74,286 October 1, 2025 to September 30, 2026 $80,714 October 1, 2026 to September 30, 2027 $87,143 October 1, 2027 to December 30, 2028 $93,571 12
Page 128
EXHIBIT A VESTING SCHEDULE under the AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AGREEMENT Vesting Schedule –Bryon Salazar “Full Benefit” = $110,000 “Full Benefits Date” = December 31, 2028 Year Limited Benefit October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 $64,706 October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025 $71,177 October 1, 2025 to September 30, 2026 $80,883 October 1, 2026 to September 30, 2027 $90,588 October 1, 2027 to December 30, 2028 $100,294 13
Page 129
EXHIBIT A VESTING SCHEDULE under the AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AGREEMENT Vesting Schedule – Tammi Salazar “Full Benefit” = $110,000 “Full Benefits Date” = December 31, 2028 Year Limited Benefit October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 $70,968 October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025 $75,935 October 1, 2025 to September 30, 2026 $84,451 October 1, 2026 to September 30, 2027 $92,968 October 1, 2027 to December 30, 2028 $101,484 14
Page 130
EXHIBIT B DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY FORM under the AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AGREEMENT [Intentionally Omitted] 15
Page 131
Exhibit 10.14 ENDORSEMENT METHOD SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT This Endorsement Method Split-Dollar Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 1 day of October, 2004, by and between Red River Bank, a Louisiana banking corporation (“Bank”), and Isabel Carriere, an individual (“Insured”). R E C I T A L S: A. Insured is currently an employee and officer of Bank and has provided valuable service to Bank for a considerable period. B. Bank desires to provide Insured with certain death benefits in connection with a life insurance policy purchased by Bank on the life of Insured. NOW, THEREFORE. the parties hereto, for and in consideration of ten dollars and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, do hereby agree as follows: 1. This Agreement pertains to the following life insurance policies (collectively, the “Policy”): (a) Policy number: 16411118 Insurer: Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company Insured: Isabel Carriere Owner of Policy: Bank Relationship of Bank to Insured: Insured is an employee and officer of Bank (b) Policy number: 0055888 Insurer: Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company Insured: Isabel Carriere Owner of Policy: Bank Relationship of Bank to Insured: Insured is an employee and officer of Bank 2. Ownership of Policy. Bank owns all of the right, title and interest in and to the Policy and controls all rights of ownership with respect thereto. Bank, in its sole discretion, may exercise its right to borrow or withdraw on the cash value of the Policy. In the event coverage under the Policy is increased, such increased coverage shall be subject to all of the rights, duties and obligations set forth this Agreement. 3. Designation of Beneficiary. Insured may designate one or more beneficiaries (on the Beneficiary Designation Form attached hereto as Exhibit A) to receive the st 1
Page 132
Policy proceeds payable pursuant hereto upon the death of the Insured subject to any right, title or interest Bank may have in such proceeds as provided herein. In the event Insured fails to do so, any benefits payable pursuant hereto shall be paid to the estate of Insured. 4. Maintenance of Policy. Bank shall be responsible for making any required premium payments and to take all other actions within Bank’s reasonable control in order to keep the Policy m full force and effect; provided, however, that Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable policy or policies so long as Insured’s beneficiaries will be entitled to receive an amount of death proceeds under Section 6 at least equal to those that the beneficiaries would be entitled to if the original Policy were to remain in effect. If any such replacement is made, all references herein to the “Policy” shall thereafter be references to such replacement policy or policies. If the Policy contains any premium waiver provision, any such waived premiums shall be considered for the purposes of this Agreement as having been paid by Bank. Bank shall be under no obligation to set aside, earmark or otherwise segregate any funds with which to pay its obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, payment of Policy premiums. 5. Reporting Requirements. Bank will report on an annual basis to Insured the economic benefit associated with this Agreement on a 1099 or its equivalent so that Insured can properly include said amount in his or her taxable Income. Insured agrees to accurately report and pay all applicable taxes on such amounts of income attributable hereunder to Insured. Insured acknowledges that no “group life” or similar exclusion applies to benefits hereunder. 6. Policy Proceeds. Subject to Section 8, upon the death of Insured, the death proceeds of the Policy shall be divided in the following manner: (a) The Insured’s beneficiary(ies) designated in accordance with Section 3 shall be entitled to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Death Benefit (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the total Policy proceeds and the “Cash Surrender Value of the Policy” (as defined in Section 7 below). (b) The Bank shall be entitled to any Policy proceeds remaining after application of Section 6(a) above. (c) Bank and Insured shall share in any interest due on the death proceeds on a pro rata basis based upon the amount of proceeds due each party divided by the total amount of proceeds, excluding any such interest. 7. Cash Surrender Value of the Policy. The “Cash Surrender Value of the Policy” shall be equal to the cash value of the Policy at the time of the Insured’s death or upon surrender of the Policy, as applicable, less (i) any policy or premium loans or withdrawals or any other indebtedness secured by the Policy, and any unpaid interest thereon, previously incurred or made by Bank, and (ii) any applicable surrender charges, as determined by the Insurer or agent servicing the Policy. 2
Page 133
8. Termination of Agreement. (a) This Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 6 above; (ii) the termination of Insured’s employment with Bank For Cause (as defined below); or (iii) Insured engages in a Competing Activity; provided, however that this subsection (a) (iii) shall not apply if Bank elects in writing, in its sole and absolute discretion, to waive the application of this subsection. (b) Insured acknowledges and agrees that the termination of this Agreement pursuant to subsection (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above prior to the death of Insured shall terminate any right of Insured to receive any Policy proceeds under this Agreement, and such termination shall be without any liability of any nature to Bank. (c) For the purposes of this Agreement: (i) “For Cause” shall mean (i) regulatory suspension or removal of Insured from duty with Bank; (ii) gross and consistent dereliction of duty by Insured; (iii) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit by Insured; (iv) willful violation of any banking law or regulation; or (v) conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude; and (ii) “Competing Activity” shall mean any business activity in which Insured, directly or indirectly, at any time after the execution of this Agreement, owns, manages, operates, joins, controls or participates in or is employed by or gives consultation or advice to or extends credit to (other than through insured deposits) or otherwise is connected in any manner, directly or indirectly with, any bank, financial institution, firm, person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, company or other entity (other than the Bank or entities controlled or under common control with the Bank) that provides financial services, including, without limitation, retail or commercial lending services, and has an office in the State of Louisiana; provided, however, that mere ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of any company whose common stock is publicly traded is not a Competing Activity. 9. Assignment. Insured shall not make any assignment of Insured’s rights, title or interest in or to the Policy proceeds whatsoever without the prior written consent of Bank (which may be withheld for any reason or no reason in its sole and absolute discretion) and acknowledgment by the Insurer. 3
Page 134
10. Named Fiduciary. Bank is hereby designated as the “Named Fiduciary” as of the date hereof until the termination of this Agreement or until Bank by notice designates another “Named Fiduciary.” The Named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Policy’s death benefits. The Named Fiduciary may, in its reasonable discretion, delegate certain aspects of its management and administrative responsibilities. 11. Claim Procedure. Claims information with respect to the Policy can be obtained by contacting the Bank. If the Named Fiduciary has a claim which it believes may be covered under the Policy, it will contact the Insurer in order to complete a claim form and determine what other steps need to be taken. The Insurer will evaluate and make a decision as to payment. If the claim is eligible for payment under the Policy, a check will be issued to the Named Fiduciary. If the Insurer determines that a claim is not eligible for payment under the Policy, the Named Fiduciary may, in its sole discretion, contest such claim denial by contacting the Insurer in writing. 12. ERISA Provisions. (a) The following provisions in this Agreement are part of this Agreement and are intended to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). (b) Bank shall pay all required premiums under the Policy to the Insurer when due. (c) Payment by the Insurer is the basis of payment of benefits under this Agreement, with those benefits in turn being based on the payment of premiums as provided in the Policy. (d) For claims procedure purposes, the “Claims Manager” shall be the Chief Executive Officer of Bank or such other person named from time to time by notice to Insured. (i) If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Agreement is denied by Bank, the Claims Manager shall deliver to the claimant a written explanation setting forth the specific reasons for the denial, pertinent references to the Policy or Agreement section on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of his/her claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant for this purpose: (1) The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented in writing to the Claims Manager. 4
Page 135
(2) The Claims Manager’s explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed. (ii) The claimant shall have 60 days following his receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Claims Manager a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or his representative may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments. (iii) The Claims Manager shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of his/her claim. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent Agreement or Policy provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not so furnished to the claimant within such 60 days, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. The Claims Manager has discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits. 13. Confidentiality. Insured agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except as such may be disclosed in financial statements and tax returns, or in connection with estate planning, are and shall forever remain confidential, and Insured agrees that he shall not reveal the terms and conditions contained m this Agreement at any time to any person or entity, other than his financial and professional advisors unless required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction. 14. Other Agreements. The benefits provided for herein for Insured are supplemental retirement benefits and shall not be deemed to modify, affect or limit any salary or salary increases, bonuses, profit sharing or any other type of compensation of Insured in any manner whatsoever. No provision contained in this Agreement shall in any way affect, restrict or limit any existing employment agreement between Bank and Insured, nor shall any provision or condition contained in this Agreement create specific rights of Insured or limit the right of Bank to discharge Insured. Except as otherwise provided therein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of Insured to participate in or be covered by or under any qualified or non-qualified pension, profit sharing, group, bonus or other supplemental compensation, retirement or fringe benefit plan constituting any part of Bank’s compensation structure whether now or hereinafter existing. 15. Withholding. Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Bank may withhold from any payment to be made hereunder such amount as it may be required to withhold under any applicable federal, state or other law, and transmit such withheld amounts to the applicable taxing authority. 5
Page 136
16. Miscellaneous Provisions. (a) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile transmission of an executed counterpart. (b) Survival. The provisions of Sections 13 and 16 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement Indefinitely, regardless of the cause of, or reason for, such termination. (c) Construction. As used in this Agreement, the neuter gender shall include the masculine and the feminine, the masculine and feminine genders shall be interchangeable among themselves and each with the neuter, the singular numbers shall include the plural, and the plural the singular. The term “person” shall include all persons and entities of every nature whatsoever, Including, but not limited to, individuals, corporations, partnerships, governmental entities and associations. The terms “including,” “included,” “such as” and terms of similar import shall not imply the exclusion of other items not specifically enumerated. (d) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or inconsistent with any present or future law, ruling, rule or regulation of any court, governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the subject matter of this Agreement, such provision shall be rescinded or modified in accordance with such law, ruling, rule or regulation and the remainder Of this Agreement or the application of such provision to the person or circumstances other than those as to which it is held inconsistent shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. (e) Governing Law. This Agreement is made in the State of Louisiana and shall be governed in all respects and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana, without regard to its conflicts of law principles, except to the extent superseded by the Federal laws of the United States. (f) Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon the parties, their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs and legal representatives. Without limiting the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon Insured’s estate, administrators, personal representatives and heirs. This Agreement may be assigned by Bank to any party to which Bank assigns or transfers the Policy. This Agreement has been approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors and the Bank agrees to maintain an executed counterpart of this Agreement in a safe place as an official record of the Bank. (g) No Trust. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Insured, Insured’s designated beneficiary or any other person. 6
Page 137
(h) Assignment of Rights. None of the payments provided for by this Agreement shall be subject to seizure for payment of any debts or judgments against the Insured or any beneficiary; nor shall the Insured or any beneficiary have any right to transfer, modify, anticipate or encumber any rights or benefits hereunder; provided, however, that the undistributed portion of any benefit payable hereunder shall at all times be subject to set-off for debts owed by Insured to Bank. (i) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with its exhibits, which are incorporated herein by reference) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. (j) Notice. Any notice to be delivered under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by hand, or by first class, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Bank or the Insured, as applicable, at the address for such party set forth below or such other address designated by notice. Bank: Red River Bank 1412 Centre Court Drive, Suite 301 Alexandria, LA 71301 Attn: Chief Executive Officer Insured: Isabel Carriere _____________________________ _____________________________ (k) Non-waiver. No delay or failure by either party to exercise any right under this Agreement, and no partial or single exercise of that right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right. (l) Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions. (m) Amendment. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties. No waiver of any provision contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is asserted. (n) Seal. The parties hereto intend this Agreement to have the effect of an agreement executed under the seal of each. 7
Page 138
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year set forth above. BANK: RED RIVER BANK /s/ R. Blake Chatelain By: R. Blake Chatelain Its: President/CEO INSURED: /s/ Isabel Carriere Isabel Carriere STATE OF LOUISIANA RAPIDES PARISH I, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said parish in said state, hereby certify that R. Blake Chatelain, whose name as Pres/CEO of Red River Bank, a Louisiana banking corporation, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of said instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said corporation. Given under my hand and official seal this 4th day of February, 2005. /s/ Sheila A. Bardwell Notary Public My commission expires: At death [NOTARIAL SEAL] 8
Page 139
STATE OF LOUISIANA RAPIDES PARISH I, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said parish in said state, hereby certify that Isabel Carriere, whose name is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of said instrument, he executed the same voluntarily on the day the same bears date. Given under my hand and official seal this 4th day of February, 2005. /s/ Sheila A. Bardwell Notary Public My commission expires: At death [NOTARIAL SEAL] 9
Page 140
EXHIBIT A DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY FORM [Intentionally Omitted] 10
Page 141
EXHIBIT B Death Benefit — Isabel Carriere Maximum Death Benefit — If Insured’s death occurs while insured is in the full-time employment of Bank, then the “Death Benefit” shall equal $500,000. Reduced Death Benefit — If Insured’s death occurs after the termination of Insured’s full-time employment with Bank for any reason other than For Cause, then the “Death Benefit” shall equal: (1) $500,000 MINUS the sum of all amounts, if any, Insured received under that certain Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Retirement Agreement”) prior to his death if Insured's full-time employment with Bank was terminated on or after May 13, 2031; OR (2) the amount set forth below corresponding to the year in which the Insured’s full-time employment with the Bank was terminated MINUS the sum of all amounts, if any, Insured received under the Retirement Agreement prior to his death if Insured’s full-time employment with Bank was terminated prior to May 13, 2031. Year Reduced Death Benefit October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2005 $18,100 October 1, 2005 to September 30, 2006 $36,199 October 1, 2006 to September 30, 2007 $54,299 October 1, 2007 to September 30, 2008 $72,398 October 1, 2008 to September 30, 2009 $90,498 October 1, 2009 to September 30, 2010 $108,597 October 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011 $126,697 October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012 $144,796 October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013 $162,896 October 1, 2013 to September 30, 2014 $180,995 October 1, 2014 to September 30, 2015 $199,095 October 1, 2015 to September 30, 2016 $217,195 October 1, 2016 to September 30, 2017 $235,294 October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2018 $253,394 October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019 $271,493 October 1, 2019 to September 30, 2020 $289,593 October 1, 2020 to September 30, 2021 $307,692 October 1, 2021 to September 30, 2022 $325,792 October 1, 2022 to September 30, 2023 $343,891 October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 $361,991
Page 142
11
Page 143
October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025 $380,090 October 1, 2025 to September 30, 2026 $398,190 October 1, 2026 to September 30, 2027 $416,290 October 1, 2027 to September 30, 2028 $434,389 October 1, 2028 to September 30, 2029 $452,489 October 1, 2029 to September 30, 2030 $470,588 October 1, 2030 to May 12, 2031 $488,688 12
Page 144
Exhibit 21.1 As of December 31, 2025: Subsidiaries of Red River Bancshares, Inc. Name State of Organization Red River Bank Louisiana
Page 145
Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Red River Bancshares, Inc. on Form S-3 (No. 333-283084) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-232404 and 333-236300) of our report dated March 13, 2026, on our audits of the financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the effectiveness of Red River Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed on or about March 13, 2026. /s/ EISNERAMPER LLP Metairie, Louisiana March 13, 2026
Page 146
Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER I, R. Blake Chatelain, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (the “registrant”); 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ R. Blake Chatelain R. Blake Chatelain President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Page 147
Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER I, Isabel V. Carriere, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (the “registrant”); 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Isabel V. Carriere Isabel V. Carriere, CPA, CGMA Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, andAssistant Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Page 148
Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Blake Chatelain, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ R. Blake Chatelain R. Blake Chatelain President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Page 149
Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Red River Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Isabel V. Carriere, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Assistant Corporate Secretary, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 13, 2026 By: /s/ Isabel V. Carriere Isabel V. Carriere, CPA, CGMA Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, andAssistant Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)